Workshop cabinets and benches - EN / Hahn+Kolb

Workshop equipment 

Chapter overview 

Continued next page 


Small parts storage 

Shelving systems 

Assortment containers and cases 914 

Pallet shelving 946 

Tool cases 915 

Heavy duty shelving 947 

Drawer magazines 916 

Environmental protection and waste disposal 

Recyclable materials collectors 948 

Transport cases 917 

Cleaning rag bins and waste containers 948 

Tool bags and cases 918 

Absorber cabinets and collecting trays 950 

Padlocks 926 

Oil dispensers and safety cabinets 951 

Key cabinets 927 

Workplace equipment 


Easy view storage bins, shelf boxes 

and containers 

Shelving cabinets with easy-view 

storage bins 

928 

931 

Workbenches 

Selection overview 

953 

Work tables 954 

Wheel trolleys with easy-view 

storage bins 

932 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

510 mm 

Workbenches 955 

RasterPlan programme 933 

Base cabinets and drawer blocks 983 

Perforated and slotted panels, tool 

holders 

938 

Workbench top panels and 

work plates 

987 


System workstations 986 

Tool shelving units 942 

Group workbenches 989 

Rack systems 942 

Assembly and workbench trolleys 990 

Boltless shelving 943 

Work stools and perching stools 995 

Wide span shelving 945 

Work chairs 996 

912 2011/12


Chapter overview 




Tool trolleys 

Anti-slip mats and adhesive tapes 1001 

Tool and workshop trolleys 1020 

Workstation mats 1002 

Module hard-foam inserts 1021 

Floor grids 1005 

Tool assortments 1030 

Rolling stool and safety steps 1006 

Cabinets and cupboards 

Protective housing and computer 

cabinets 

1032 

Ladders 1008 

Clothing cabinets and wardrobes 1034 

Roller stands and trestle 1009 

Lifting equipment 

Hinged door cabinets 1036 

Hydraulic machine lifters 1010 

Sliding door cabinets 1043 

Transport wheel sets 1011 

Pallet trucks 1012 

Tool cabinets 1047 

Insert material for drawers 1064 


Highlift pallet trucks and electric 

stackers 

1013 

Classification systems for drawers 1067 

Scissor lifting tables 1014 

Grinding wheel cabinets and storage 

systems 

1071 

Transport equipment 

Tool holder system WTS 

Platform trolleys 1016 

Tool holders 1073 

Table trolleys 1017 

Module frames 1075 

Transport trolleys and sack trucks 1019 

Transport and supply trolleys 1076 

Storage and supply frames 1078 

Hinged door and roller shutter cabinets 1079 

2011/12 

913


Assortment containers and cases 


Assortment containers 

with fixed compartment divisions 

Execution: with coloured base, transparent cover and clip fasteners. 

Ident. No. 008-024 made of polystyrene without handle 

Ident. No. 108-124 made of polypropylene with handle 

Delivery: without content 

Ident. No. 008 Ident. No. 112 Ident. No. 024 

Model 8 12 24 

External dimensions L x W x H mm 335x225x55 335x225x55 335x225x55 

Number of compartments / dimensions (clear space) mm 1 = 325 x 105 x 45 

2 = 105 x 52 x 45 

12 = 105 x 52 x 45 24 = 52 x 52 x 45 

4 = 52 x 52 x 45 

1 = 105 x 105 x 45 

Tray Colour red yellow blue 

50001 without handle Ident. No. 008 012 024 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50001 with handle Ident. No. 108 112 124 


Prod. Gr. 505 


Assortment cases with removable trays 


Execution: 

•made of plastic, lid made of polycarbonate, double-walled case bottom made of polypropylene 

•carrying handle with locking and unlocking mechanism, allows operation with one hand 

•removable polypropylene inserts allow partitioning of the case as required and easy access to its contents 

•profile grids in lid and bottom secure contents of case during transport 

•integrated profile in base helps to stack the cases and protects their surface 

•case stands firmly even in upright position thanks to the support feet integrated in the rear panel 

•exchangeable ID label in 3 colours (yellow, grey and green) for easy identification, included in delivery 

•two fixed partitions for short-term storage of small parts and accessories, integrated in case 

Accessory: Ident. No. 498: 

Mobile box made of polypropylene, empty, to store four assortment cases Ident. No. 440-445. The cases 

thus can be transported without any problem and can be used as mobile storage. 

Dimensions L x W x H 347 x 305 x 342 mm, colour dark blue / grey. 

Ident. No. 498, for equipment with four cases 

Ident. No. 435 Ident. No. 440 

Ident. No. 455 



Dimension H x W x D mm 241 x 225 x 55 298 x 284 x 55 354 x 323 x 55 421 x 361 x 55 421 x 361 x 78 465 x 401 x 78 

Number of trays 9 11 13 15 12 14 25 45 14 25 18 20 

50002 Case Ident. No. 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50002 Box Ident. No. – – 498 – – – – – – – – 

Unit price E – – O. R. – – – – – – – – 

Prod. Gr. 500 

914 2011/12


Tool cases 


Small parts assortment case with insert boxes– the original 

made of steel sheet for small parts storage 

Execution: with impact-resistant blue epoxy-polyester powder coating and removable coloured plastic insert boxes in 4 sizes, which can be combined with each other as 

required. Secured with 2 fastening clips and forced bolting. 5 mm foam rubber insert in lid prevents the contents falling around in any position and preserves the partitioning. 

Ident. No. 005 Ident. No. 009 Ident. No. 012 Ident. No. 015 

Model Sortimo KM 321 A KM 321 B KM 321 C KM 321 D KM 321 E 

Dimensions L x W x H mm 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 440 x 330 x 66 

Type A3 (52x52x63 mm) Unit 48 (red) – – – 12 (red) 

Type B3 (104x52x63 mm) Unit – 24 (yellow) – – 6 (yellow) 

Type C3 (104x104x63 mm) Unit – – 12 (blue) – 3 (blue) 

Type D3 (156x104x63 mm) Unit – – – 8 (green) 2 (green) 

50004 Ident. No. 005 009 012 015 020 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 505 



Insert boxes 

for small parts assortment cases 

Execution: made of impact-proof polystyrene for small parts storage. 

Type/colour - A3 / red B3 / yellow C3 / blue D3 / green 

Dimensions L x W x H mm 52 x 52 x 63 104 x 52 x 63 104 x 104 x 63 156 x 104 x 63 

50004 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 505 


Carrying boxes 

with or without trays 

Execution: made of hard polyethylene, anthracite paint. 

Delivery: 

Ident. No. 020 Use without dividers 

Ident. No. 030 Use with dividers, dimensions: for 1 compartment 100 x 50, 100 x 100, 100 x 150, 

2 compartments 50 x 50 mm. 

Designation 

Carrying box Cover for 

Trays, red 

without insert carrying box 

External dimensions L x W x H mm 420 x 300 x 125 – 410 x 130 x 55 410 x 130 x 55 

50003 Ident. No. 010 015 020 030 



Prod. Gr. 505 


Tool cases 

No. 50005 made of steel sheet, sheet metal thickness 1.0 mm, with cover projecting on all sides, with inset hollow folding handle, cover edges welded, upper 

box edge folded so that it is reinforced, one swing-top closure, continuous rod hinge, lockable with a padlock (not included in the scope of delivery) 

Colour: RAL 7031, blue-grey, powder-coated. 

No. 50010 a, made of sheet steel, multiple compartments, very stable construction. The case is opened by pressure on the carrying handle. It closes 

itself as soon as it is lifted. Lockable with a padlock (padlock not included in the delivery). 

Colour: hammer blow, blue. 

No. 50015 made of sheet steel, with sturdy coatings and wide carrying handles. With hard fibre insulated interior covering and splash water protection. A removable 

insert for small parts in half width. An inner compartment in the cover. Lockable with a padlock (padlock not included in the delivery). 

Paint: RAL 5002, ultramarine blue, powder-coated. 

No. 50005 No. 50010 No. 50015 

Number 50005 50010 50015 

Version 3-piece 5-piece 5-piece 5-piece 

External dimensions (L x W x H) mm 400 x 170 x 125 430 x 200 x 150 430 x 200 x 200 530 x 200 x 200 600 x 200 x 200 830 x 440 x 340 

Ident. No. 010 500 510 520 530 020 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. Prod. Gr. 505 

2011/12 

915


Drawer magazines 


Drawer magazines 

made of steel sheet, with shatterproof drawers 

Execution: torsion-resistant and sturdy frames made of sheet steel, rust-protection through primer. Drawers made of polypropylene, transparent and breakproof 

with extraction safety device. 

Application: clear and dust-protected storage of small parts. The drawers magazines are suitable for wall assembly (incl. attachment), at the workplace (incl. 

rubber feet) or can be also be mounted on a rotating tower to save space. 

Accessory: the drawers can be labelled and be divided using partitions. 

Version 

H x W x D mm 285 x 307 x 150 285 x 307 x 150 555 x 307 x 150 555 x 307 x 150 555 x 307 x 150 555 x 307 x 150 555 x 307 x 150 

Drawers 

(Quantity x Type) 

24 x B 12 x B 

3xC 

1xD 

60xA 48xB 24xC 8xD 36xB 

3xC 

1xD 

Carrying capacity kg 20 20 40 40 40 40 40 

50002 Ident. No. 062 072 082 092 102 122 132 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 500 


Version 

Accessories 

for drawer magazines 


Type A B C D 

Internal dimensions H x W x D mm 35 x 52 x 135 35 x 64 x 135 57 x 87 x 135 57 x 275 x 135 

50002 Drawers (separate without dividers) Ident. No. 140 150 160 180 


Packed set Unit 60 48 24 8 

50002 Labels Ident. No. 182 183 184 186 

Set price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Packed set Unit 60 48 24 16 

50002 Dividers Ident. No. 190 200 210 240 

Set price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 500 


Rotary tower 

empty or equipped with 12 drawers magazines 

Execution: 

•frame made of steel sheet metal, colour dark blue 

•drawers made of polypropylene, transparent and breakproof with extension safety device 

•sturdy, secure stand on height adjustable feet 

•easy-moving rotary axis on maintenance-free roller bearings 

For all magazines with a height of 555 mm. 

Ident. No. 305 with 12 magazines for small parts, dimensions of each magazine H x B x T: 

555 x 307 x 150 mm: 4 pieces with No. 50002 092 - (48 drawers per magazine), 4 pieces 

with No. 50002 102 - (24 drawers per magazine) and 4 pieces with No. 50002 122 - 

(8 drawers per magazine). 

Ident. No. 315 for individual fitting with 12 drawer magazines, see pos. No. 50002 082-132. 

Ø x Height mm 680 x 1760 

Carrying capacity kg 480 

50002 Rotary tower Ident. No. 305 

Unit price E O. R. 

50002 Rotary tower, empty Ident. No. 315 


Prod. Gr. 500 


916 2011/12


Transport cases 


Transport boxes EUROBOX 

made of aluminium 

Execution: with sturdy cover, edge and base sectional frames. Corner beading for extra stability. 

Ident. No. 101 -161 cover with stainless steel hinges and two stop straps. Lid sealed against dust and 

water splashes. Spring mounted drop handles on front sides. Slip-proof stacking corners 

made of impact-resistant plastic. Snap locks on front for installation of padlock or other 

lock 

Ident. No. 171 and 181 same as above, but includes toolbox with aluminium corners and inside for 

holding plastic inserts (Ident. No. 370 and 380). Reinforced flap for shackle lock (with bar 

thickness up to 8 mm) 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 320 Tool bag removable, made of hard-wearing fabric, 435 x 260 mm 

Ident. No. 330 Small parts box with 21 plug-in dividers made of PP, 430 x 330 x 60 mm 

Ident. No. 340 Divider set made of high quality foam material, 550 x 350 x 190 mm 

Ident. No. 350 Foam insert set made of soft foam for sensitive parts, 550 x 350 x 220 mm 

Ident. No. 360 Foam insert set made of soft foam for sensitive parts, 750 x 550 x 220 mm 

Ident. No. 370 Plastic insert made of blue PS, including 2 dividers, 315 x 170 x 60 mm 

Ident. No. 380 Plastic insert made of blue PS, including 2 dividers, 515 x 155 x 60 mm 

Ident. No. 395 Lock set for a box. Two locks incl. two keys, simultaneous closing within the set. 

Ident. No. 400 Add-on trolley, for easy self-mounting, smooth running chassis, wheels Ø 54 mm, carrying 

capacity 30 kg, extractable and stoppable handle. 





Ident. No. 181 with plastic inserts 

(Ident. No. 370 and 380). 

Model 40700 40701 40702 40703 40704 40705 40706 40707 40708 

Volume l 27 42 60 73 81 157 239 60 81 

Internal length approx. mm 350 550 550 550 750 750 750 550 750 

Internal Width approx. mm 250 350 350 350 350 550 550 350 350 

Internal height approx. mm 310 220 310 380 310 380 580 310 310 

External Length approx. mm 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 600 800 

External Width approx. mm 300 400 400 400 400 600 600 400 400 

External Height approx. mm 340 250 340 410 340 410 610 340 340 

50018 Ident. No. 101 111 121 131 141 151 161 171 181 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50018 Tool case Ident. No. – 320 – – 

Unit price E – O. R. – – 

50018 Small parts box Ident. No. – 330 – – – – 

Unit price E – O. R. – – – – 

50018 Divider set Ident. No. – 340 – – – – – 

Unit price E – O. R. – – – – – 

50018 Foam insert set Ident. No. 350 360 – – 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. – – 

50018 Plastic insert Ident. No. – – – – – – – 370 

Unit price E – – – – – – – O. R. 

50018 Plastic insert Ident. No. – – – – – – – 380 

Unit price E – – – – – – – O. R. 

50018 Lock set Ident. No. 395 


50018 Mounting trolley Ident. No. – 400 

Unit price E – O. R. 


h Padlocks see No. 50025 page 926. Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

917


Tool bags and cases 


Tool cases, COMPACT 

a tool case for professionals – robust and functional 

Execution: 

•compact, practical, new design 

•made of impact-resistant plastic (polypropylene) 

•carry friendly strap handle 

•removable tool carrier with partitions for small parts 

•resistant against oils, acids and bases 

•high load capacity - lower tare weight 

•stoppable drawers 

•colour dark blue/grey 

Model 27 


Model COMPACT 62 closed Tray Ident. No. 100 

Model COMPACT 27 COMPACT 37 COMPACT 47 COMPACT 62 

Dimensions L x W x H mm 474 x 239 x 248 540 x 296 x 230 540 x 296 x 292 621 x 311 x 322 

Volume l 27 37 47 62 

Load capacity kg 30 40 40 50 

Number of drawers 2 None 2 4 

Trays Unit 6 7 7 10 

Weight kg 2,6 3,7 4,6 7,1 

50021 No contents Ident. No. 012 022 032 042 


50021 Roller set Ident. No. – 050 


50021 Carrying strap Ident. No. – 060 


50021 Trays 

(12 Compartments) 

Ident. No. – – – 070 

Unit price E – – – O. R. 

50021 Trays 

Ident. No. – 100 

(16 Compartments) 


Prod. Gr. 500 

Model 37 

Model 47 

Model 62 


Tool case 

synthetic leather, blue 

Execution: with zip, rubber straps. 

Dimensions: open length x width mm 500 x 275 

closed mm 240x275x35 

55400 Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 598 


Tool case 

made of synthetic leather, black 

Execution: with zip, 2 peg boards, 20 band clips, rubber band for mounting as per your individual requirements, 

transparent compartment for visiting card. 

Dimensions: open length x width mm 620 x 250 

closed mm 310x250x30 

55402 Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 538 

No contents 

918 2011/12




Tool roll 


Execution: profiled pockets, with buckled belts. 

Pockets 5 8 12 20 

Dimensions, L x W mm 280 x 305 380 x 320 550 x 315 750 x 330 

55405 Ident. No. 010 020 030 040 


Prod. Gr. 538 

No contents 


Tool roll 


Execution: with 19 assorted pockets with flap, spring latches. 

Internal dimensions length x width mm 520 x 440 

55408 Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 538 

No contents 


Universal tool pouch 

made of Cowhide, black, grained 

Ident. No. 600 without insert, with spring latches. 

Ident. No. 610 ear wall with 10 adjustable straps, spring latches, ring caps. 

Ident. No. 620 ear wall with 8 adjustable straps, spring latches, ring caps. 

Internal dimensions L x W x H mm 340 x 110 x 170 370 x 110 x 250 410 x 160 x 300 

55410 Ident. No. 600 610 620 


Prod. Gr. 538 


No contents 


Tool case 

with central wall, cowhide, black, grained 

Ident. No. 010 with carrying strap for using as shoulder bag, with glide runners, reinforced corners, partition, with spring latch and compartments for tools, 

see-through compartment in lid. With aluminium angle, reinforced. 

Ident. No. 020 The height of 300 mm also allows to store a hammer or extra-long screwdrivers. The lock closes nearly automatically via a magnetic closure. 

Bag made of extra thick cowhide, black Con-Pearl®, side walls made of polypropylene. Front, back and central wall with a total of 17 pockets, 

transparent clamping compartment in the lid, glide runners, adjustable carrying strap, aluminium reinforced corners 

Ident. No. 010 (without contents) Ident. No. 020 Ident. No. 020 (without contents) 

Internal dimensions L x W x H mm 220 x 140 x 250 230 x 140 x 300 

55430 Ident. No. 010 015 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 538 

2011/12 

919




Tool cases 

Cowhide, black, grained 

No. 55435 Floor and side walls of unbreakable and moisture resistant HDPE-plastic, aluminium reinforced 

corners, robust spring latches, plate base, handle, ring caps for carrying strap, tip-out front 

wall, with 11 straps, rear wall with 9 fixed plastic loops, front pouch. 

No. 55445 Reinforced walls and floor, steel plate base, glide runners, reinforced corners, locks, CP-7 tool 

holders on central and rear wall. Zip down front wall to fold out, with pockets for small articles. 


Ident. No. 020 650 

55435 Unit price E – O. R. 

55445 Unit price E O. R. – 

Prod. Gr. 538 

No. 55435 

without contents 

No. 55445 



Tool cases 

with central wall, cowhide/ABS plastic, black, grained 

Ident. No. 040 Tip-out front wall, with 8 pockets, fixed centre wall with 2 CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 

Ø 11 mm and 26 mm, robust lock, handle with padded recessed grip, grip lock. 

Ident. No. 060 Aluminium reinforced corners, tip-out front and rear panel with CP-7 tool holders for tools 

up to Ø 26 mm and Ø 15 mm, centre panel with 2 CP-7 tool holders for tools up to 

Ø 11 mm and Ø 15 mm, finger hole, frame locks, ring caps. 

Ident. No. 080 Version like Ident. No. 060 with wheels and telescope drawer, without strap. 

Ident. No. 090 Aluminium reinforced corners, with shelf slides, frame locks, wheels and telescope drawer. 

Bottom shell made of sheet steel, front and rear walls partial fold-out, front pouch, CP-7 tool 

holders on front, centre and rear walls. Compartment for drill, screw and nail compartment. 



No contents No contents No contents 

Internal dimensions L x W x H mm 420 x 185 x 315 460 x 210 x 340 450 x 190 x 340 450 x 190 x 340 

55448 Ident. No. 040 060 080 090 


Prod. Gr. 538 

Ident. No. 080, 090 


Tool bag accessories 

Ident. No. 200 Carrying strap, black, adjustable, 2 snap hooks and shoulder pad. 

Ident. No. 210 Ring top set for self-assembly to tool bags. 

55448 Carrying strap Ident. No. 200 


55448 Ring top set Ident. No. 210 

Price/pair E O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 538 



Top Line tool bag 

with drawers 

Ident. No. 040 Synthetic leather, black, grained. With glide runners, spring latches, aluminium reinforced corners, a CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 15 mm 

Ø, rear wall partially foldable with a tool holder for tools up to 26 mm Ø, removable tote tray, 4 drawers with compartments for small articles. 

Ident. No. 060 Cowhide, black, grained. Reinforced walls and floor, with glide runners and frame locks. 5 part drawer insert with compartments for small articles. 

Intermediate shelf (90 mm) behind the drawer, inc. carry tray. Front panel foldable, rear panel with a CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 15 mm Ø. 

No contents 

No contents 



55460 Ident. No. 040 060 


Prod. Gr. 538 

920 2011/12




Tool bags and backpack 

Design: Made of highly durable nylon, high-quality and persistent zips. Splash-water proof floor, colour 

black. 

Ident. No. 010 Notebook tool bag for technicians with detachable tool panels. Carrying handle and carrying 

strap, padded inner bag for safe transport of the notebook, on the sides one pocket 

each with Velcro closure, padded document compartment. 

Ident. No. 020 Padded backpack carrying system with waist and chest belt. Padded laptop compartment, 

removable tool tables, hinged front 90°. 

External dimensions L x W x H mm 450 x 340 x 200 350 x 430 x 230 

55466 Ident. No. 010 020 


Prod. Gr. 538 






Tool case 


Execution: pocket with central wall– removable, with 24 tool holder loops. On the rear side 11 tool holder 

tools, on the front side 10 tool pockets. Empty weight 2.8 kg 

Internal dimensions L x W x H mm 430 x 320 x 190 

55470 Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 538 

No contents 


Tool box and roller case 

made of ABS plastic, black 

Execution: with solid aluminium frame, floor slider, lid hinges, anti-till cylinder locks, tool panels made of Con-Pearl. 

Features: 

Ident. No. 010 Tool panel with 25 pockets, 1 compartment, 400 mm, tool panel with 10 compartments, cover 

panel with 15 pockets and compartment, base tray with cover panel, can be divided individually 

Ident. No. 020 same as Ident. No. 010, but large space volume and a tool panel less (with 10 pockets). 

Ident. No. 110 4x telescope drawer, 1050 mm long, large rollers, wide wheel stand, can be pulled and pushed 

without any problems, very safe from tilting. Tool panel with 25 pockets and 400 mm compartment, 

cover panel with 15 pockets and 400 mm compartment, freely dividable inner tray. 


Ident. No. 010 without contents 



55464 Ident. No. 010 020 110 


Prod. Gr. 538 

Ident. No. 110, without contents 


Wheel case 

Execution: case shell made of high impact strength HDPE-plastic, robust aluminium frame, hinged 

cover, detachable tool panels made of light plastic covers, lockable telescopic grip, inline-rolls, airworthy. 

Inner fittings Ident. No. 010: 

•Tool panel with 31 pockets 

•cover panel with 13 pockets 

•variably dividable base with cover panel, height 90 mm 

•Document compartment in lid 


•2 detachable tool panels in cover with 23 pockets on front and rear 

•Detachable cover panel for base tray with 15 pockets 

•Variably dividable base, with cover panel 

•Document compartment in lid 


55475 Ident. No. 010 020 


h Inserted tool case from No. 52560 onwards page 925. Prod. Gr. 538 



2011/12 

921




Wheel case in king-size format 

made of ABS plastic, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy 

Execution: 4x telescope drawer, 1050 mm long, extra wide, powder-coated; pulling or sliding case possible; 

rubber-coated, with ball bearing, large runners, wide wheel distance, as the case is rolled over the 

long side, through that safe from tilting over and only minor change in position of contents; case shell made 

of X-ABS. Inside double-aluminium-frame, lid hinge, anti-tilt cylinder lock, shelf slide, loading capacity up 

to 40 kg, tool panel made of Con-Pearl. 


•tool panel with 25 pockets and compartment 400 mm 

•tool panel with 10 pockets 

•cover panel with 15 pockets and compartment 400 mm 

•free dividable inner case (approx. 88 mm high) 

•document compartment in lid, stoppable lid holder 




•cover panel with 19 pockets and compartment 530 mm 

•base plate with dividable compartment 560 x 90(67) x 223 mm and fixed compartment 

540x57x140mm 

•document compartment in lid 

•lid with holding loops for spirit level and stoppable lid holder 

Ident. No. 010 and 020 





55476 Ident. No. 010 020 


Prod. Gr. 538 


Classic wheel case 481.500-171 


Execution: tool panels made of Con-Pearl ® , black, double aluminium frame, anti-tilt cylinder lock, lid 

hinges, slip bottom studs, 4x telescope drawer, 950 mm long, powder-coated, rubberized, large rollers with 

bearings, load capacity up to 40 kg. 

Inner fittings 

•1 tool panel with 25 pockets and 1 compartment 400 mm 

•1 tool panel with 10 pockets 

•1 cover panel with 15 pockets and 1 compartment 400 mm 

•1 platebase with cover plate, height 58 mm, freely dividable, 1 document compartment in cover 


55477 Ident. No. 010 


No contents 

Prod. Gr. 538 

922 2011/12




Cargo wheel case 99.500-171 


Execution: tool panels made of Con-Pearl ® , black, inside double aluminium frame, PARAT anti-tilt cylinder 

lock with automatic safety latch, lid hinges with locking, slip bottom studs, 4x telescope drawer, 1150 mm 

long, extra large, powder-coated, rubberized, large rollers with bearings, load capacity up to 40 kg. 


•2 tool panels and 1 cover panel with 

•2 CP-7 tool holder, Ø 11 mm 



•1 platebase with cover plate, height 88 mm, freely dividable, 1 

document compartment in cover 


55477 Ident. No. 020 


No contents 

Prod. Gr. 538 


Tool case 

Execution: case shell made of high impact strength ABS-plastic, robust aluminium frame with edge protection 

against impact, 2 locking tilt locks, and combination lock. Adjustable carrying strap, hinged cover 

and safety cover support. 


•removable tool panel with 21 pockets 

•cover plate with 3 pockets and module plug-in system 

•variably dividable base 



55480 Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 598 

No contents 



Tool case 

Execution: case shell made of high impact strength HDPE-plastic, robust aluminium frame with edge protection against impact, 2 lockable tilt-locks, 1 three 

digit combination lock. 

Ident. No. 500: 


•separately dividable plate base with rigid dividers 

•cover panel with 15 pockets 


Ident. No. 600: Mobile, wheeled case with inline-rolls and telescopic handle. Inner fittings same as Ident. No. 500. 






55481 Ident. No. 500 600 


Prod. Gr. 538 

2011/12 

923




Tool case 

made of ABS plastic, black, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy 

Execution: with solid aluminium frame, glide runners. Lid stay hinge with lock, safety cylinder locks. 

Robust, scratch resistant and dust proof, washable. 


•Tool panel with 25 pockets, 1 compartment, 400 mm, tool panel with 10 compartments, 

•Cover panel with 15 pockets, compartment 400 mm 

•platebase with cover panel, height 58 mm, freely dividable, document compartment in cover 


•1 tool panel with 25 pockets and 1 compartment 400mm, 

•Cover panel with 15 pockets, compartment 400 mm 



55485 Ident. No. 010 120 




Prod. Gr. 538 


Tool case, Cargo 

made of ABS plastic, black, extremely impact-resistant, airworthy 


Execution: with solid double-aluminium frame and shelf slides, PARAT anti-tilt cylinder lock with automatic storage safety mechanism. Hard-wearing tool panels 

made of Con-Pearl. Robust, scratch resistant and dust proof, washable, ergonomic handle, loading capacity up to 40 kg. 

CP-7 plug-in system: with this system you can setup your tool case individually. The tools always remain in their place, even if opened upside down! 


Ident. No. 050 CP-7 tool holder for tools of 11-15 mm, CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 11 mm, cover panel with tool panel for tools up to 26 mm, freely dividable 

lid (approx. 58 mm high), document compartment in cover. 

Ident. No. 080 CP-7 tool holder for tools of 11-15 mm, cover panel with tool holder for tools up to 26 mm, freely dividable lid (approx. 88 mm high), document 

compartment in cover. 

Ident. No. 090 CP-7 tool holder for tools of 26 mm, CP-7 tool holder for tools up to 15-26 mm, cover panel with tool holder for tools up to 26 mm, freely dividable 

lid (approx. 58 mm high). 

Ident. No. 050 without contents Ident. No. 080, without contents CP-7 tool holder, without contents 


55490 Ident. No. 050 080 090 


Prod. Gr. 538 


Aluminium tool case 

anodised aluminium, silver, airworthy 

Execution: double-aluminium-frame, lid hinge, anti-tilt cylinder lock, handle with padded recessed grip, 

shelf slide, loading capacity up to 30 kg, tool panel made of hard-wearing Con-Pearl. 


•tool panel with 25 pockets, 1 compartment, 400 mm, tool panel with 10 compartments, 

•cover panel with 15 pockets, compartment 400 mm 



55495 Ident. No. 010 


h tool case COMPACT made of high strength polypropylene copolymer, see No. 50021 page 918. Prod. Gr. 538 

No contents 

924 2011/12




Tool case with tool set 

60-piece in hard case 

With 2 tool trays, for installation, Maintenance, service etc. 

Case - internal dimensions: 460 x 160 x 310 mm 

Content: 

1 folding wooden rule 2 m 1 flat-round pliers 160 mm 

1 aluminium spirit level 400 mm 1 water pump pliers 240 mm 

1 tape measure 3 m 2 fitter's hammers 200/500 g 

12 combination wrench Size 6/7/8/9/10/11/ 1 combination pliers 180 mm 

12/13/14/17/19/22 mm 

3 slotted-head screwdriver 4.5 x 90/5.5 x 100 1 plastic hammer 32 mm 

6.5 x 125 mm 

2 cross-point screwdriver PH 1/PH 2 1 reamer 100 mm 

4 VDE slotted screwdriver 2.5 x 75/4 x 100/5.5 x 125 1scriber - 

6.5 x 150 mm 

2 VDE cross-point screwdriver PH 1/PH 2 1 flat chisel 175 mm 

1 voltage tester 3 x 65 mm 1 set 6 pieces (5 drift punches 2–6 mm/ 1 centre 

punch) 

1 automatic-wire-stripping pliers - 3 workshop files with handle 150 mm H2: 

flat/round/ 

half-round 

1 safety knife - 8 hex keys 2-10 mm 

1 tweezers 110 mm 1 hacksaw with blade 300 mm 

1 all-purpose shears - 1 screw clamp 200 mm 

1 diagonal cutters 165 mm 

52560 Ident. No. 500 

Set price E O. R. 

h Other tool assortments see No. 50276 and 52560 from page 1030.. Prod. Gr. 580 


Tool case with tool assortment 

Touring 1000 

Designed on the basis of practical experience. 47 vanadium steel tools, chrome plated, in plastic case. 

External dimensions of case: 420 x 320 x 115 mm. 

Content: 

11 combination wrenches 6/7/8/10/11/12/13/14/15/17/19 mm 1 spark plug wrench insert 20.8 mm 

4 slotted screwdrivers 3/4/5.5//6.5 mm 1 reversible ratchet handle - 

2 cross-point screwdrivers PH 1-2 1 fully suspended joint - 

8 hex keys in holder 2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 mm 1 T-handle - 

1 combination pliers 180 mm 2 extensions 125/250 mm 

1 diagonal cutters 160 mm 1 mains testers - 

1 water pump pliers 250 mm 1 fitter's hammer 300 g 

9 hexagon inserts 1 / 2" drive 10/11/12/13/14/15/17/19/22 mm 1 small-parts box - 

1 folding knife - 

52620 Ident. No. 015 



h Other tool assortments see No. 50276 and 52560 from page 1030.. Prod. Gr. 530 


Tool case with tool assortment 

Execution: 

Clear and save tool arrangement in 2-coloured soft-foam insert. Case shell made of impact-resistant plastic 

material, 56 parts, external dimensions: 445 x 360 x 106 mm 

Content: 

Double open-end wrench 

6 x 7, 8 x 9, 10 x 11, 12 x 13, 14 x 15, 16 x 17, 18 x 19, 21 x 22 mm 

Slotted screwdrivers 

4 / 5.5 / 6.5 mm 

Cross-point screwdrivers PH 1, PH 2, PZ 2 

Hexagon cranked wrench key 

2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 mm 

TORX-fold-away hand case T 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40 

Reversible ratchet handle 3 

/ 8" 

Extensions 74, 150 mm / 3 / 8" 

Hexagonal socket wrench inserts 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 / 3 /8" 

Universal pliers 

260 mm 

Universal knifes 

160 mm 

Tape measure 

2 m 

Universal cutters 

180 mm 

Fitter's hammer 

500 g 

LED pocket light 

150 mm 

Professional hacksaw frame 

150 mm 

Diagonal cutters 

165 mm 

Transparent box 

52620 Ident. No. 030 


Prod. Gr. 569 

2011/12 

925


Padlocks 


Padlocks series 45 and 85 

Precision cylinder lock with cylinder closure mechanism 

Series 45 version: 

•locks made of massive brass, hardened steel strap, proven brass-pin-cylinder technology 

•different closing, increased stability through proven double lock 

•quick operation by snapping in the strap without plug-in key. 

•Delivery: 2 keys for each lock 

Series 85 version: 

•locks made of massive brass, springs and interior parts made of rustproof material 

•to protect against corrosion, all nickel-plated steel straps are case-hardened 

•automatic function - strap also locks in without plug-in key 

•high number of truly different locking mechanisms 

•an off-centre key profile increases the protection of the locking mechanism against being manipulated 


Ident. No. 062-064, 086-087, 106-107 with extra-high U-bar 

Model 45/30 45/40 45/50 85/30 85/40 85/40 HB 40 85/40 HB 63 85/50 

Housing width mm 30 40 50 30 40 40 40 50 

Clamp Ø mm 5 6 7 5 6 6 6 8 

Height of U bar mm 14 22 25 17 22,5 40 63 28 

Width of U bar mm 14 21 25 17 23 23 23 29,5 

50025 One-lock-one-key Ident. No. 030 040 050 055 060 062 064 065 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 


50025 All-locks-one-key Ident. No. – – – 080 085 086 087 090 

Unit price E – – – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50025 Main key system Ident. No. – – – 095 105 106 107 110 

Unit price E – – – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50025 Extra key Ident. No. 120 

Unit price E (O. R.) 


50025 Main keys for main Ident. No. – – – 140 

key system 

Unit price E – – – (O. R.) 

h Tool markers can be found under No. 50518 page 1066 Prod. Gr. 505 


Padlocks series T65 AL MyLock 

with coloured plastic sheathing 

Application: 

The coloured plastic sheathing is ideally suited to distinguish between the different areas. 

The plastic shell can be marked on its back side with water-proof pens (permanent markers), e. g. for personification. 

Version 

•Locks made of light-weight, massive aluminium, 

•double bail locking, bail made of hardened steel 

•Precision pin cylinder, interior parts made of stainless materials 

•off-centre key profile for improved protection against being manipulated 

•Locking without key by pressing down the bail 


Colour black red blue Purple yellow white 

Housing width mm 43 43 43 43 43 43 

Clamp Ø mm 6,5 6,5 6,5 6,5 6,5 6,5 

Height of U bar mm 23 23 23 23 23 23 

Width of U bar mm 22 22 22 22 22 22 

50025 Ident. No. 200 202 204 206 208 210 



Prod. Gr. 505 


Combination locks Series 165 

With adjustable Code 

The personal code No. can be set up individually in just seconds and then changed again whenever the lock 

is open. After it is closed, the combination is set by turning the digits. 

Execution: 

•Locks made of massive brass 

•Bow made of steel 

Ident. No. 230 with 3 digit code 

Ident. No. 240 with 4 digit code 

Model 165/30 165/40 

Housing width mm 30 40 

Clamp Ø mm 5 6 

Height of U bar mm 26 27,5 

Width of U bar mm 14 21,5 

50025 Ident. No. 230 240 


Prod. Gr. 505 

926 2011/12


Key cabinets 


Padlocks series 234 

Application: in case of high requirement of robust, not sensitive mechanism, for rough ambient conditions. 

Execution: 

•Stable steel lock with swivel bow 

•Steel housing corrosion-protected, painted black 

•With 3 closures and lock each, 2 keys 

•Different closing 

Model 234/40 234/50 

Housing width mm 40 50 

Clamp Ø mm 6 7,5 

Height of U bar mm 19 24,5 

Width of U bar mm 22 28 

50025 Ident. No. 310 315 


Prod. Gr. 505 



Key cabinets 

made of sheet steel 


Execution: 

•economical key box with gently rounded shape, made of sheet steel. colour white 

•prepared for wall mounting, screws and dowels included 

•peg board with consecutive numbering, cylinder lock with 2 keys 

Ident. No. 057-204 

Execution: 

•body, partition and door made of sheet steel, two-tone paint: body dark grey, door light grey 

•key cabinet with swing-out inside panels 

– Ident. No. 057, 074, 108 one inside panel each 

– Ident. No. 176 and 204 two inside panel each 

•prepared for wall mounting, screws and dowels included, peg boards with consecutive numbering and key register 

•with high-quality brass pin cylinder lock with 2 keys 



Hooks Number 15 24 57 74 108 176 204 

External dimensions H x B mm 202 x 157 255 x 200 280 x 215 330 x 245 380 x 285 380 x 285 430 x 325 

Depth mm 75 75 70 85 105 105 125 

Inside panel Number – – 1 1 1 2 2 

Weight kg 1,3 2,0 2,8 3,7 4,9 6,4 8,2 

50027 Ident. No. 015 024 057 074 108 176 204 


h Other versions on request. Prod. Gr. 505 


Key tags in 10-pack 

Application: to identify wrenches/keys and for use in key cabinets 

Execution: made of plastic with additional hanging hole and wire S hook. 

In individual colours, with 10 pieces per package. The labels are exchangeable. 

Box qty.: 10 pieces 

Colour red blue yellow green white black 

50028 Ident. No. 010 020 030 040 050 060 

Price/pack E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

h Tool markers can be found under No. 50518 page 1066 Prod. Gr. 505 


Key rings 

made of steel 

Execution: made of hardened steel, bright nickel plated 

Box qty.: Ident. No. 516-535 100 pcs each 

Box qty.: Ident. No. 590 15 pieces in the set, consisting of: 3 pieces Ø 25 mm, 6 pieces each Ø 30 and 35 mm 

Ø mm 16 20 25 30 35 25/30/35 

50028 Ident. No. 516 520 525 530 535 590 

Price/pack E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 505 


2011/12 

927


Easy view storage bins, shelf boxes and containers 


Easy-view storage bins 


Application: 

•storage and transport of heat-treated parts in the production process 

•can be used as collection container for metal parts, directly from the machine 

Execution: 

•high loading capacity, service life and temperature resistance, resistant to impact and shock load 

•good sight to stored material through front.-side opening 

•addition and removal of parts also possible in stacked condition 

•three-sided stacking border for longitudinal and cross stacking of different sizes 

•size 4, 5, 6, 7 with carrying rod and hinged handle on the rear side 

•with label frame for marking labels 

•temperature resistance: 

– painted boxes: -10 °C to +90 °C 

– galvanised boxes: -30 °C to +150 °C 

•optionally available in painting RAL 7000 squirrel grey, RAL 6011 reseda green, optionally galvanised 

design for higher temperature resistance and corrosion protection 

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

Length mm 160/140 230/200 350/300 350/300 500/450 520/450 700/630 

Width x height mm 95 x 75 140 x 130 200 x 145 200 x 200 300 x 200 450 x 300 450 x 300 

Capacity Litre 1 3,8 9,4 12,5 28 63 88 

50054 grey Ident. No. 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 


50054 green Ident. No. 302 312 322 332 342 352 362 


50054 Galvanised Ident. No. 304 314 324 334 344 354 364 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. (O. R.) 

Prod. Gr. 504 



Multibox shelf boxes made of polypropylene 

Execution: shelf boxes used as drawers may be fitted with a handle adjustable in height. This prevents unwanted falling-out and very useful when carrying by 

hand. The high quality polypropylene ensures that the boxes have an above-average life span. 

Standard colour: blue 

Handle and partition must be ordered separately (see table) 

Fig. shows box with dividing wall (Ident. No. 290) 

and label (Ident. No. 275) 

Fig. shows box with handle (Ident. No. 300) 


Length mm 300 400 500 300 400 500 600 400 500 

Width mm 120 120 120 160 160 160 160 240 240 

Height mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

Max. number of partitions Unit 4 6 8 4 6 8 10 6 8 

50056 Multibox shelf boxes Ident. No. 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 262 264 


1 sheet = 12 pieces 1 sheet = 8 pieces 1 sheet = 6 pieces 

50056 Box labels Ident. No. 265* 270* 272* 


1 sheet = 24 pieces 1 sheet = 16 pieces 1 sheet = 16 pieces 

50056 Divider labels Ident. No. 275* 280* 282* 


– – – 

50056 Divider Ident. No. 290 295 297 


– – – 

50056 Handle Ident. No. 300 305 307 


* Price per sheet Prod. Gr. 505 

928 2011/12


Easy view storage bins, shelf boxes and containers 


Easy-view storage bins 

made of polystyrene 

Execution: impact-resistant, stackable. All boxes can also be provided with insert labels. 

Minimum order qty.: 10 pieces*, Exception: Ident. No. 440 = 24 units, Ident. No. 442 = 60 units. 

Size 1 2 3 4 5 

Length mm 500/450 350/300 230/200 160/140 85/65 

Width mm 300 200 140 105 105 

Height mm 180 150 130 75 45 

50057 Colour red Ident. No. 005 010 015 020 025 


50057 Colour blue Ident. No. 105 110 115 120 125 


50057 Colour green Ident. No. 205 210 215 220 225 


50057 Colour yellow Ident. No. 305 310 315 320 325 


50057 Colour grey Ident. No. 405 410 415 420 425 


50057 Cover made of completely clear polystyrene Ident. No. 427 429 431 433 435 


50057 Labels, white* Ident. No. 440 442 444 


50057 Label covers, transparent* Ident. No. 445 447 449 


h Other easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene see No. 50638 800-847 page 933 onwards. Prod. Gr. 505 


Euronorm stack container made of polypropylene 

Application: 

•Tank for storage, order picking and transport 

Execution: 

•Stable plastic tank in Euro dimension, made of unbreakable polypropylene which is safe for foodstuffs, 

which can be recycled as 100 % , with even bottom 

•High carrying comfort thanks to ergonomically rounded handles on the front sides (except 

for height 120 mm) 

•Voucher holder integrated on all sides 

•High stacking safety by circumferential stacking border 

•temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 90 °C 

•Resistant against many acids and lyes 

•Optionally in the colours blue or red, without cover, optionally with hinged cover, can be sealed when delivered 

Advantage: 

•Ideal for the use on conveyors and roller conveyors through rounded edges and even floors 

•Tank dimensions adjusted to Euro pallet 

•Large internal volume through optimised side wall construction 

•Easy cleaning because of closed design with smooth floor and walls 

Accessories: supporting cover and seals. Chassis for container see No. 50267 Ident. No. 060 page 1016 

On request available: transport roller made of plastic, labels, label protection window 

Tanks stackable, tanks on top with 

hinged folding cover 

External dimensions length x width mm 300 x 200 400 x 300 600 x 400 800 x 600 

External height (with folding cover) mm 120 (138) 120 (138) 220 (238) 120 (138) 220 (238) 270 (288) 320 (338) 420 (438) 320 (338) 

Internal length mm 268 368 368 568 568 568 568 568 762 

Internal Width mm 168 268 268 368 368 368 368 368 562 

Internal height mm 117 117 217 116 216 266 316 416 315 

Volume Litre 5 11,2 20,8 23,8 44,3 54,5 64,8 85,3 132 

Carrying capacity / charge kg 15/250 30/250 30/250 15/300 15/300 15/300 20/300 20/300 60/800 

50059 without cover, colour blue Ident. No. 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50059 without cover, colour red Ident. No. 112 122 132 – 152 162 172 182 – 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – 

50059 with hinged flap cover, colour blue Ident. No. 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 


50059 with hinged flap cover, colour red Ident. No. – 222 232 – 252 262 272 282 – 

Unit price E – (O. R.) (O. R.) – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – 

50059 supporting cover, colour blue Ident. No. – 320 340 – 

Unit price E – (O. R.) (O. R.) – 

50059 supporting cover, colour red Ident. No. – 322 342 – 

Unit price E – (O. R.) (O. R.) – 

50059 seal for folding cover 

Ident. No. – 350 352 

Packing unit = 500 pieces 

Price/pack E – (O. R.) (O. R.) 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

929


Shelving cabinets with easy-view storage bins 


Magazine cabinets with transparent tilting drums 

Execution: 

•sturdy sheet steel housing fitted with transparent tilting drums 

•bins made of highly impact resistant ABS plastic, with handle strips and label field incl. labels 

•folding and removable containers, through which small parts can be easily filled and removed 

Advantages: 

•dust-proof and easy-view storage of small parts 

•quick access to the stored parts and immediate inventory checking 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey or RAL 5010, gentian blue. 

H 

T B 

Internal dimensions of the individual tilting containers: 

type 1 H x W x D 71 x 65 x 82 mm, Contents 0.36 l 




(without contents) 




Ident. No. 425 (without contents) 

Dimensions Height x Width x Depth mm 910 x 665 x 250 2000 x 665 x 250 2000 x 1270 x 250 

Number of tilting container Unit 42 61 154 

Fitted with Piece x type 42 x type 1 24 x type 1 

25 x type 2 

12 x type 3 

96 x type 1 

50 x type 2 

8 x type 3 

50058 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 400 410 420 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50058 RAL 5010 Ident. No. 405 415 425 


h Other fittings on request. Prod. Gr. 504 

930 2011/12


Shelving cabinets with easy-view storage bins 


Shelving cabinets 

with easy-view storage bins made of polystyrene 

Execution: cabinet housing made of steel sheet, doors have multiple folds and are reinforced, with safety lock. Shelves galvanised for models 01, 02 and 03 

and height adjustable. Model 04 with 3 ball bearing-mounted drawers, front height 90 mm, shelves paint-coated. 

All components with safety edging. Shelf capacity: 40 kg with evenly distributed load. 

Maximum drawer load capacity: 40 kg with evenly distributed load. For model 04, door load = 20 kg Colours of containers as shown. 

Standard paint coating: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue. 

Special colour: see colour tablepage 931. 

Model 1 Model 2 Model 3 Model 4 

Model 1 2 3 4 

External dimensions Height mm 1028 1680 1950 1950 

Width x Depth mm 710 x 300 710 x 300 710 x 300 1200 x 500 

Shelves Number 6 11 15 9x250 mm and 2x350 mm 

Boxes size 2 Number – – – 10 

Boxes size 3 Number 20 24 24 28 

Boxes size 4 Number 12 36 60 90 

Boxes size 5 Number – – – 40 

Drawers – – – 3 pieces front height 90 mm 

Weight kg 42 59 95 155 

50057 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 500 510 520 530 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50057 Other colours Ident. No. 532 534 536 538 



h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 005-425 page 929 Prod. Gr. 504 


RAL colours for HK shelving cabinets No. 50057 

Special painting: the following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: 

RAL 1015 RAL 2004 RAL 3002 RAL 3020 RAL 5012 RAL 5014 RAL 5015 RAL 6011 RAL 9010 

light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red light blue pigeon blue sky blue reseda green pure white 

We reserve the right to make changes in the printing colours, depending on the original colours according to RAL. 


Bench-mounting frames made of steel sheet 

with easy-view storage 

Application: as an aid at the workbench or repair station. 

Version: made from a steel sheet frame and support shelves, and supplied with plastic easy-view storage 

bins. 

Model 1 2 3 

External dimensions Height mm 420 420 420 

Width mm 555 555 480 

Boxes size 3 Number – – 3 red, 3 green, 3 blue 

Boxes size 4 Number – 5 yellow, 5 blue, 10 red – 

Boxes size 5 Number 5 green, 5 yellow, 5 red, 5 blue – – 

Overall load capacity kg 80 80 60 

Weight kg 11 10 9 

50057 Ident. No. 585 590 595 


h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 005-425 page 929. 

Other combinations on request. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

Model 2 

2011/12 

931


Wheel trolleys with easy-view storage bins 


Wall-mounted shelving systems made of steel sheet 

with holder rails and storage bins 

Application: these units are particularly suitable for the storage of small items where space is restricted. 

Version: stable profile steel construction (galvanised sheet steel). The rails are fixed into the side profile members to support the storage bins. The shelf must 

be fastened to the wall. 

Model 1 Model 2 Model 3 

Model 1 2 3 


Width mm 1055 1055 1055 

Boxes size 2 Number 4 blue 8 blue 8 blue 

Boxes size 3 Number 18 green 18 green 24 green 

Boxes size 4 Number 36 red 36 red 45 red 



50057 Ident. No. 555 560 565 




Prod. Gr. 504 



Wheel trolleys made of steel sheet 

with holder rails and storage bins 

Application: for transporting and keeping ready spare parts and small items in factory, workshop and storeroom. 

Version: stable chassis with 2 plastic-ribbed fixed and steering wheels with stop. Pushing handles on the side profiles simplify handling, even when loaded. 

Model 1 Model 2 Model 3 

Model 1 2 3 


Width x Depth mm 1055 x 700 1055 x 700 1055 x 700 

Boxes size 2 Number 8 blue 16 blue 16 blue 

Boxes size 3 Number 36 green 36 green 48 green 

Boxes size 4 Number 72 red 72 red 90 red 



50057 Ident. No. 570 575 580 




Prod. Gr. 504 

932 2011/12


RasterPlan programme 


RasterPlan easy-view storage bins 

made of shatterproof and impact-resistant polyethylene 

Execution: 

•8 different box sizes in 4 colours: green, blue, red and yellow, with circumferential stacking border 

•size 5–8 to accommodate RasterPlan slotted panel 

•shatterproof and stable in form, highly resilient, environment-friendly, fully recyclable 

•temperature-resistant: –40 °C to +80 °C, therefore can also be used under extreme climatic 

conditions , resistant against acids, oils and lyes 

•smooth inside walls, so easy to clean, safe for foodstuffs 

•suitable for use on conveying and roller tracks 

•label holder with special clamps, prevents labels from slipping out 

Delivery: without labels, accessories see from no. 50638 850 onwards. 

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Length mm 500 500 350 350 290 230 160 85 

Width mm 300 300 200 200 140 140 105 105 

Height mm 250 200 200 150 130 130 75 45 

50638 Colour blue Ident. No. 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 


50638 Colour yellow Ident. No. 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 


50638 Colour green Ident. No. 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 


50638 Colour red Ident. No. 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 


50638 Supporting Ident. No. 870 872 874 875 876 – 

cover 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – 

50638 Labels, white Ident. No. 850 852 854 856 858 


50638 Label covers, Ident. No. 860 862 864 866 868 

transparent 


Prod. Gr. 504 

Size 5 - 8 suited for hanging 

into slotted plates 



Side and picking trolleys 

empty or fitted with RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins 

Application: wherever parts have to be gathered frequently from different places – whether work equipment 

or goods to be picked – side and picking trolleys are an indispensable help. 

Execution: 

•sturdy steel structure, impact and scratch resistant plastic coating 

•available either with straight or with partially slanted shelves 

•runs on easy running wheels, of which 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels 

•Ident. No. 013, 016 and 020 fitted only with shelves, without easy-view storage bins 

•Ident. No. 015, 018, 022 and 025 fitted with shelves and RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage 

bins 

Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, 

you will receive a sorted delivery. 


(boxes without labels) 



Model 13 15 16 18 20 22 25 

Height x Width x Depth mm 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 1015 x 485 1315 x 1015 x 485 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 700 x 485 1315 x 1015 x 485 

Shelves, straight Number 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 

Shelves, inclined Number – – – – 2 2 2 

Boxes size 2 (500x300x200 mm) Number – 8 – 12 – 8 12 

50640 Ident. No. 013 015 016 018 020 022 025 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

h labels for easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 850 page 933. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

933




RasterPlan stands and RasterMobil rolling carriages 

with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene 

Version Stands Ident. No. 422-551: 

•stable stand with slotted plates, single and/or double-sided use 

•fitted with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded 

•modular structure in 4 different heights 

Version bogie: Ident. No. 661-683: 

•with slotted plates, on both sides fitted with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and 

shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded 

•double-side use, ergonomic handles, easy process with 2 steering and block rollers each 

•modular structure in 3 different heights 

Advantage: absolutely horizontal suspending and removing of the filled easy-view storage bin on the 

slotted plate, no spilling of the stored product! 

Paint painting: RAL 7035, light grey, plastic coated 






Ident. No. 661(boxes without labels) 

Ident. No. 671(boxes without labels) 



Version Stand Bogie 

Model 22 34 41 51 61 71 83 

Height mm 760 1100 1450 1790 890 1230 1580 

Width mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

Depth mm 240/430* 240/430* 240/430* 240/430* 500 500 500 

Boxes size 6 Number 12/24* 42/84* 12/24* 30/60* 24 24 108 

Boxes size 7 Number 32/64* – 64/128* 72/144* 64 80 – 

Boxes size 8 Number – – 16/32* – – 48 – 

50639 one-sided Ident. No. 422 434 441 451 – – – 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – – – 

50639 double-sided Ident. No. 522 534 541 551 661 671 683 


* Number of easy-view storage bins in case of double-sided version. 


Other paintings and compositions are available on request. 

t Technical Hotline +49(0)711 9813-360 

Prod. Gr. 504 


Plug-in racks with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene 

Complete shelf units, basic bay with add-on bays allows to build customized shelving systems. 

Execution: 

•tilt-proof, with high carrying capacity 

•shelves galvanised, adjustable in a grid of 25 mm, load capacity per shelf 100 kg. for evenly distributed load 

•stand RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

•delivered unmounted, plug-in system makes assembly of shelves easy 



Model 10 11 12 13 14 15 

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Width x Depth mm 1000 x 300 1000 x 300 1000 x 400 1000 x 400 1000 x 400 1000 x 600 

Shelves Number 10 10 8 10 11 7 

Boxes size 2 Number – – – – – 21 

Boxes size 3 Number – – 32 – – – 

Boxes size 4 Number – – – 40 20 – 

Boxes size 5 Number 60 – – – 36 – 

Boxes size 6 Number – 60 – – – – 

50640 Basic bay Ident. No. 110 111 112 113 114 115 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50640 Add-on bay Ident. No. 210 211 212 213 214 215 



basic bay with boxes 


h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins and suitable accessories see No. 50638 800-876 page 

933. Screwed shelving system also available on request. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

934 2011/12




Shelving cabinets made of steel sheet 

with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene 

Execution: 

•high quality, plastic coated shelving cabinets with doors, in 3 different cabinet sizes 

•Hinged doors with inset three-bolt safety cylinder locking with 2 keys 

•Shelves galvanised, adjustable in a grid of 15 mm, can be loaded with 30 kg, evenly distributed load 

•RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded 




Model 13 14 21 23 31 33 43 

Height mm 780 780 1600 1600 1950 1950 1950 

Width x Depth mm 690 x 285 690 x 285 690 x 285 690 x 285 690 x 285 690 x 285 690 x 285 

Shelves Number 5 6 11 14 15 11 18 

Boxes size 6 Number 8 – 24 – 28 48 – 

Boxes size 7 Number 24 42 36 90 54 – 114 

Weight kg 29 30 53,2 56 77 71 79 

50639 Ident. No. 213 214 221 223 231 233 243 







Prod. Gr. 504 




RasterPlan slotted panel cabinets with embossed slots in the back panel 

empty or fitted with RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins 

Application: for clearly arranged storage of small parts using RasterPlan easy-view storage bins. Easy-view 

storage bins of sizes 5-8 can be directly suspended in the embossed slots in the back panel. 

Execution: 

•sturdy steel structure with reinforced doors, with either solid sheet or glazed cabinet doors 

•smooth fronts due to flush overlay doors, opening angle more than 200°, continuous rod guiding 

•back panel with RasterPlan embossed slots, Ident. No. 050 and 060 not fitted 

Ident. No. 051-053, 061-063 fitted with RasterPlan polyethylene easy-view storage bins 

•three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Advantage: absolutely horizontal suspending and removing of the filled easy-view storage bin on the 

slotted plate, and thus no spilling of the stored product! 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 



Model 50 51 52 53 

Height mm 1950 1950 1950 1950 


Boxes size 5 Number – 24 36 72 

Boxes size 6 Number – 30 36 – 

Boxes size 7 Number – 32 – – 

50640 Solid sheet metal doors Ident. No. 050 051 052 053 


50640 Inspection window door Ident. No. 060 061 062 063 





h Dimensions of the easy-view storage bins and suitable accessories see No. 50638 800-876 page 

933. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

935




Large cabinets, made of steel sheet 

with RasterPlan perforated/slotted panels and easy-view storage bins made of polyethylene 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure with double-walled, torsion-proof hinged doors with inset three-bolt safety cylinder lock, with 2 keys, opening angle more 

than 200° 

•continuous rod guiding, internal door equipped with RasterPlan perforated slotted plates, double-walled side walls 

•shelves galvanised, adjustable in a grid of 10 mm, can be loaded with 50 kg, evenly distributed load 

•telescope-guided drawers with full extension, loadable with 50 kg each evenly distributed load 

•fitted with RasterPlan easy-view storage bins made of impact proof and shock-proof polyethylene, colour coded 

Advantage: 3 different depth on shelves in a cabinet, one or more drawers can be inserted from the bottom to the centre (max. 8 pieces) 


Tips of order: Indicate your special colour request for the easy-view storage bins in the order, otherwise, you will receive a sorted delivery. 



boxes without labels 





Model 10 11 13 21 25 31 

Height x Width x Depth mm 1950 x 1130 x 590 1950 x 1130 x 590 1950 x 1130 x 590 1950 x 1130 x 590 1950 x 1130 x 590 1950 x 1130 x 590 

shelf depth 530 mm Number 2 – – 1 1 3 

shelf depth 340 mm Number – 3 2 3 3 1 

shelf depth 250 mm Number 6 7 9 4 3 3 

Boxes size 2 Number 9 – – 3 – 9 

Boxes size 4 Number – 20 5 10 15 – 

Boxes size 5 Number – – 14 7 7 14 

Boxes size 6 Number 42 28 28 14 14 21 



Drawers Number – – – 3 4 1 

Weight kg 144 147 148 140 194 170 

50639 Ident. No. 310 311 313 321 325 331 




Additional group or main keys on request. 

Prod. Gr. 504 


RasterMobil workpiece trolleys 

with RasterPlan perforated/slotted panels and/or slotted panels 

Application: for easy-view storage and transport of anything from small parts to tools to bulky material. 

All required workpieces are at hand right at the workstation and can be transported. 

Execution: 

•sturdy steel sheet structure with rack and tray base 

•fitted on both sides with RasterPlan perforated and/or slotted panels 

•ergonomic pushing handles, runs on 2 steering and 2 fixed wheels 

Accessories for fitting the RasterPlan perforated/slotted panels: 

- support elements for perforated panels see No. 50638 300-650 page 939. 

- support elements for slotted panels see No. 50638 730-752 page 941. 

- RasterPlan easy-view storage bins see No. 50638 800-847 page 933. 

Colour: frame RAL 7035, light grey, tips RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Height x Width x Depth mm 1230 x 1000 x 500 

Equipped with perforated panels Number 4 2 

Equipped with slotted panels Number – 2 

50640 Ident. No. 002 004 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) 

Prod. Gr. 504 


without boxes and support elements 

936 2011/12




RasterPlan hanging cabinets 

Inside with perforated plate 

Execution: impact proof and scratch proof due to plastic coating. Doors with cylinder lock (2 keys), holder 

for easy wall assembly. 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey/ Front RAL 5010, gentian blue. 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 620 x 920 x 335 

50639 doors and inner side with perforated panel Ident. No. 075 


50639 doors with slotted panels/Inside with perforated panel Ident. No. 078 


Ident. No. 075 without contents/hook 

h Other versions and colours on request. Prod. Gr. 504 


RasterPlan tool cabinets with shelves 

Doors optionally with perforated panel, slotted panel or viewing window 

Design: welded sheet steel construction with continuous, perforated rear wall for attaching support elements. 

Prefabricated double-walled, twist-resistant hinged doors, opening angle over 200°. Doors available 

in three different versions: Perforated or slotted panels or glazed doors. Doors lockable with bascule lock 

engaging on 3 sides. 2 height-adjustable shelves, load capacity 80 kg evenly distributed load. 



50639 doors with perforated panel Ident. No. 125 


50639 doors with slotted panel Ident. No. 127 


50639 doors with viewing window Ident. No. 128 


50639 Additional shelf, galvanised Ident. No. 130 


hOther versions on request. Prod. Gr. 504 

Ident. No. 125, without contents/hooks 



RasterPlan tool cabinets with drawers 

Doors optionally with perforated panel, slotted panel or viewing window 

Design: welded sheet steel metal construction with back wall 1/4 slotted / 1/4 perforated panel for 

attaching support elements. Prefabricated double-walled, twist-resistant hinged doors, opening angle over 

200°. Doors available in three different versions: Perforated or slotted panels or glazed doors. Triple-lock 

safety cylinder lock with recessed turning handle. 4 telescope-guided drawers, front height 100 mm, with 

full extension, load capacity 110 kg with evenly distributed load, handle rail with film suitable for writing 

on. 2 height-adjustable shelves, load capacity 80 kg evenly distributed load. 



50639 doors with perforated panel Ident. No. 155 


50639 doors with slotted panel Ident. No. 157 


50639 doors with a viewing window Ident. No. 158 




50047 Additional drawer height 100 mm, RAL 5010 Ident. No. 370 






Example: Ident. No. 155 optionally with workbench 

top panel available on request 

without contents/hook 

h Other versions on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

937


Perforated and slotted panels, tool holders 



RasterPlan vertical cabinets with solid steel sheet or glazed cabinet doors 

made from sheet steel 

Application: optimum cabinet system for safe and clear storage of tools, key profiles etc. in very restricted 

spaces. The vertical cabinet are equipped either with pull-out shelves or with a combination of steel shelves 

and drawers. 

Execution: 

•sturdy steel sheet structure with double-walled, reinforced doors, with either solid steel sheet or glazed 

cabinet doors 

•smooth fronts due to flush overlay doors, opening angle more than 200° 

•telescopic drawers with 100 % full extension, carrying capacity per drawer 110 kg for evenly distributed 

load 

•vertical design with telescopic guide rails, 100 % full extension, with RasterPlan perforation on both sides, 

carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load 

•useful surface of perforated wall: height x depth 1720 x 428 mm, perforation grid: 12 x 46 holes 

•galvanised shelves, carrying capacity per shelf 80 kg for evenly distributed load, adjustable in steps of 25 

mm 

•three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Available on request: version with perforated panel doors, extra drawers, insert material, pull-out and 

fixed shelves and extra group or master keys. 

Note: Wall or floor anchoring is recommended. 

Model 80 81 82 83 

Height mm 1950 1950 1950 1950 


Extracts pcs. 2 2 2 4 

Shelves width 500 mm pcs. 3 3 3 – 

Width of drawer x height 

pcs. – 2 – – 

500 x 100 mm 

Width of drawer x height 

pcs. – – 1 – 

500 x 175 mm 

50640 Solid sheet metal doors Ident. No. 080 081 082 083 


50640 Inspection window door Ident. No. 090 091 092 093 


h Support elements for perforated panels see No. 50638 300-650 page 939. Prod. Gr. 504 


RasterPlan perforated panels, workbench fixings, wall rails 

Execution: made of high-quality machined steel sheet metal, thickness 1.25 mm, 10 x 10 mm square perforated, 

distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 38 mm in vertical and horizontal direction 

Ident. No. 680-686 Wall rails / installation strips 

•for fixing on the wall, above workbenches, installation tables etc. 

•colour: optionally in RAL 7035, light grey or RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Ident. No. 702-731 RasterPlan perforated panels 

•edge folded all round and stiffened with support members 

•for the heaviest use, simple wall mounting 

•perforated panels without support elements, plastic-coated 

Ident. No. 738-739 Workbench fixing 

•for perforated plate of 500-1500 mm 2 fixtures required 

•for perforated plate of 2000 mm 3 fixtures required 

Delivery: incl. attachment materials 

Version Wall rails Perforated panels 

Width mm 460 920 500 1000 1500 2000 

Height mm 70 70 450 450 450 450 

50637 RAL 3020 signal red Ident. No. – – 722 723 724 726 

Unit price E – – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50637 RAL 5010 gentian blue Ident. No. 682 686 717 718 719 721 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50637 RAL 5015 sky blue Ident. No. – – 713 714 715 716 

Unit price E – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50637 RAL 6011, green Ident. No. – – 702 704 706 708 

Unit price E – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50637 RAL 7035 light grey Ident. No. 680 684 703 705 707 709 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

50637 RAL 9010 pure white Ident. No. – – 727 728 729 731 

Unit price E – – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50637 Workbench fixing 

for 1 panel 

Ident. No. – – 739 

Unit price E – – O. R. 

50637 Workbench fixing 

Ident. No. – – 738 

for 2 panels one on top of the 

other 

Unit price E – – O. R. 


(without support elements) 




Wall rails 

Perforated panels 


Ident. No. 738-739 

(workbench attachment) 

Prod. Gr. 504 

938 2011/12




RasterPlan support elements / tool holders for perforated panels 

alu colours, plastic-coated 

The hooks are simply inserted into the required hole and fixed in place with the red plastic screw. Screw included in scope of delivery. 

Ident. No. 300-303 Ident. No. 304-306 Ident. No. 307-310 Ident. No. 311-315 Ident. No. 316-320 Ident. No. 321-323 Ident. No. 324 Ident. No. 325-327 Ident. No. 328 


Part 1 


Part 2 

Ident. No. 332 Ident. No. 333-334 Ident. No. 335-336 Ident. No. 337 Ident. No. 338-339 

Ident. No. 340 Ident. No. 341 Ident. No. 342 Ident. No. 343 Ident. No. 344 Ident. No. 346-347 Ident. No. 351 Ident. No. 600 Ident. No. 605 

Ident. No. 607-609 Ident. No. 610 Ident. No. 620-623 Ident. No. 625 Ident. No. 630 Ident. No. 635-637 Ident. No. 640-642 Ident. No. 643-644 

Ident. No. 646 Ident. No. 647 Ident. No. 648 Ident. No. 649 Ident. No. 650 Ident. No. 651 

Sizes 

B H T Ø 50638 B H T Ø 50638 

mm mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E mm mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 

50 300 O. R. Saw holders (use in pairs) for 4 saws 337 O. R. 

100 301 O. R. 

60 338 O. R. 

Tool holder angled hook end 

150 

6 

302 O. R. 

Pipe holder 35 

100 339 O. R. 

200 303 O. R. Shelf 350 125 340 O. R. 

35 304 O. R. Box holder for size 7 and 8 341 O. R. 

Tool holder vertical hook end 

75 6 305 O. R. Base plate small 342 O. R. 

125 306 O. R. Base plate large 343 O. R. 

35 307 O. R. Hook assortment 28 pieces 344 O. R. 

50 308 O. R. Hook assortment 18 pieces 345 O. R. 

Tool holder double, vertical hook end 35 

75 

6 

309 O. R. Easy-view storage bin holder for 5 boxes size 7 550 58 346 O. R. 

150 310 O. R. Easy-view storage bin holder for 5 boxes size 8 550 38 347 O. R. 

6 311 O. R. Wrench holder for 10 wrenches 145/75 220 50 351 O. R. 

10 312 O. R. Tool holder for round boxes, single 100 

600 O. R. 

Tool clamp single 

13 313 O. R. Tool holder for round boxes, triple 300 

70 

605 O. R. 

16 314 O. R. 

25 607 O. R. 

19 315 O. R. Tool clamp (large base plate) 

28 608 O. R. 

6 316 O. R. 32 609 O. R. 

10 317 O. R. Hose holder 230 125 610 O. R. 

Tool clamp dual 

13 318 O. R. 

120 620 O. R. 

16 319 O. R. 

Tool holders for self-drilling 45 

390 623 O. R. 

19 320 O. R. Nut holder with 12 holes 390 30 625 O. R. 

35 

321 O. R. Tool holders with wooden panel for self-drilling 320 55 135 630 O. R. 

Pliers holder 

55 20 322 O. R. 

50 635 O. R. 

75 323 O. R. Tool holder straight 

100 6 636 O. R. 

Rod holder 25 65 324 O. R. 150 637 O. R. 

Sizes 


2011/12 


939



(continued) 

Machine holder 

Sizes 

B H T Ø 50638 B H T Ø 50638 

mm mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E mm mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 

40 325 O. R. 

50 640 O. R. 

60 326 O. R. Tool holder double, straight 

100 6 641 O. R. 

80 327 O. R. 150 642 O. R. 

Angled hook for nuts 14/40 6 328 O. R. 

150 643 O. R. 

Tool holder 3 compartments 45 150 329 O. R. 

Cable holder hook end, height 50 mm 37 50 

200 644 O. R. 

Tool holder 6x 240 140 330 O. R. Bit holder for 7 bits 150 10 35 646 O. R. 

Combination holder 2 piece 55 150 331 O. R. Magnetic holder 40 647 O. R. 

Wrench holder for 8 wrenches 332 O. R. Coil holder up to dimension between centre lines 17 78 170 648 O. R. 

mm 

Wrench holder for 6 parts 333 O. R. Hook assortment 10 pieces 649 O. R. 

Wrench holder for 12 parts 334 O. R. Allen key holder 200 70 1-11 650 O. R. 

Drill holders for 14 parts 335 O. R. Form holder DIN A4 220 310 651 O. R. 

Drill holders for 28 parts 336 O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

Sizes 



RasterPlan slotted panels and wall rails 

Execution: compatible with RasterPlan perforated plates. 1.25 mm steel sheet with slotted embossing, 

multiple folds and stiffened with embossed supports. Plastic-coated. 

Ident. No. 738-739 workbench fixing 

•for a slotted plate with a width of 500-1500 mm 2 fixtures required 

•for a slotted plate with a width of 2000 mm 3 fixtures required 

Delivery: incl. attachment materials 

Wall rails (without boxes) 

Wall rails Wide format Portrait 

format 

Width mm 460 920 1500 2000 500 1000 450 

Height mm 100 100 450 450 450 450 1500 

50638 RAL 5010 gentian 

blue 

Ident. No. 654 658 683 693 703 713 723 


50638 RAL 5015 sky Ident. No. – – 682 692 702 712 722 

blue 

Unit price E – – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50638 RAL 6011, Ident. No. – – 680 690 700 710 720 

green 

Unit price E – – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50638 RAL 7035 light Ident. No. 652 656 681 691 701 711 721 

grey 


50637 Workbench Ident. No. – – 739 – 

fixing 

for 1 panel 

Unit price E – – O. R. – 

50637 Workbench Ident. No. – – 738 – 

fixing 

for 2 panels 

one on top of 

the other 

Unit price E – – O. R. – 

slotted panels 

(without boxes and support elements) 

h RasterPlan easy-view storage bins for slotted panels see No. 50638 804-847 page 933. 

Other dimensions and colours on request. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

940 

2011/12




RasterPlan support elements / tool holder for slotted panels 

The support elements can simply be hooked into the embossed slots on the slotted RasterPlan panels. 

Ident. No. 730-732 Ident. No. 734-736 Ident. No. 738 Ident. No. 740 Ident. No. 742 Ident. No. 744 

Designation Sizes Carrying capacity Colour 

B H T Ø 50638 

mm mm mm mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E 

200 

730 (O. R.) 

Universal holder, round 

300 

12 10 Al 

732 (O. R.) 

Universal holder, square – 

200 

734 (O. R.) 

300 

17 Al 

736 (O. R.) 

Forked support 50 200 17 Al 738 (O. R.) 

Rod holders 40 200 17 Al 740 (O. R.) 

Pipe holders 160 20 17 Al 742 (O. R.) 

Spike holder 60 140 17 Al 744 (O. R.) 

Form holder DIN A4 220 310 light grey 748 (O. R.) 

Steel shelf 

500 

750 (O. R.) 

1000 

250 light grey 

752 (O. R.) 




Prod. Gr. 504 


RasterPlan partitions 

with perforated and slotted panel 

These practical to use RasterPlan partitions are especially designed for workplaces where tools and small 

parts such as screws must be easily accessible. These complete combinations already contain all necessary 

accessories. Panels and inserts are easy to move and to replace. Impact proof and scratch proof due 

to plastic coating. 

Partitions RAL 7035, light grey, panels RAL 5010, gentian blue, other colours on request. 

Ident. No. 012 with 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, not fitted 

Ident. No. 014 with 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, fitted: 

15-part assortment of hooks 8 x easy-view storage bins size 7, 6 x easy-view storage bins 

size 6 



Model 3 

one-sided 

Dimensions mm 1100 x 1000 x 240 

50639 With 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, not fitted Ident. No. 012 


50639 With 2 perforated and 1 slotted panel, fitted Ident. No. 014 


h More versions, more heights, other colours and compositions available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 



2011/12 

941


Tool shelving units 


Tool shelving systems 4230 R and 4240 R 

These tool shelves are based on the tried and tested series of HK tool cabinet systems. 

The elements of these series, including drawers, shelves, preassembled folding doors, sliding doors, and shutters, vertical pull-outs as well as insert material 

and insert sets can be used in rack systems. With the resulting interchangeability and individual combinations based on your needs, there are practically no limits. 

An example of the various and individual equipment variants 

1 

2 

2 

8 

3 

2 


4 5 6 7 6 9 

Shelving heights Shelving unit widths Shelving unit depths 1 preassembled hinged doors 

2980 mm (useful height 2880 mm) System 4230 R: 700, 1000, and 1400 mm System 4230 R: 815 mm 2 shelves removable or fixed, height-adjustable 

2500 mm (useful height 2400 mm) System 4240 R: 700 and 1000 mm System 4240 R: 565 mm 3 front-mounted sliding door 

2200 mm (useful height 2100 mm) 4 front-mounted stepped ladder, mobile or suitable for suspension 

1990 mm (useful height 1890 mm) 5 front-mounted roller shutter 

1450 mm (useful height 1350 mm) 6 drawers 

1040 mm (useful height 980 mm) 7 vertical pull-outs 

8 back panel or trussing 

9 preassembled hinged doors with a viewing window 

h A separate catalogue that you can request free of charge will inform you about the technical details and installation options. Benefit from the extensive experience in the field 

of operating tools. Ask our experts! 



All-purpose bolted shelving system 

fully galvanised 

The versatile all-purpose shelving system: As single or double rack (back to back). 

System features: 

•easy, quick assembly 

•assembly simplified through improved assembly system (screw-on from outside with dome head screws) 

•extensive accessories 

•shelves adjustable in 25 mm grids 

•high load capacity and stability 

Scope of delivery, basic shelving: 

•4 angle supports, with screw-on, foot plate with dowels 

•4 shelves with M-shape, welded longitudinal duct (5x edging), with diagonal ties and welded, closed corners 

•assembly accessory - incl. offset screwdriver 

Scope of delivery extension unit: 

•2 angle supports, as before 

•4 shelves as before 

•assembly accessory 

Version Basic unit Add-on unit 2 additional 

shelves 

Shelves Length x Carrying capacity Number Unit height 

Depth 

50164 50164 50164 

mm kg Unit mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. Pr./pair E 

1000 x 500 230 4 2000 005 O. R. 015 O. R. 115 O. R. 

Maximum bay load 940 kg. Carrying capacity information applies to evenly distributed loads. 

h Components and documents on request. 


Prod. Gr. 587 

942 2011/12


Boltless shelving 


Shelf plug-in racks CLIP ® 

in galvanised or plastic-coated versions, RAL 7035, light grey 

META CLIP shelf racks provide for short ways within the warehouse, thanks to the variety of optional equipment 

with system accessories a nearly universal use is ensured. 

Only two system modules (frame and shelf) build complex shelf rows which can be mounted without tools, 

for all fields of application of small parts storage. 

Execution: 

•plug-in rack system, pre-assembled frames (can be assembled without tools) 

•rear diagonal strut 

•shelf load capacity optionally 150 kg or 230 kg with evenly distributed load (on request up to 400 kg) 

•shelf capacity up to 2,400 kg with evenly distributed loading 

•shelves height-adjustable every 25 mm 

•shelves with a 50 mm perforation grid to accommodate accessories 

•extensive accessories available (facing doors, drawers etc.) 

•surface galvanised or powder-coated RAL 7035 light grey 

•bay load indications shall apply to shelf rows with three or more bays 

Planning dimensions: 

Basic shelving: 

Add-on unit 

Nominal length + 56 mm 

Nominal length + 6 mm 

Nominal depth + 36 mm 

Nominal depth + 36 mm 

Safety instructions: 

Secure shelves against tiling with the height/depth ratio of 5 : 1 (wall mounting or foot fixing, see page 944 

under art. No. 50166 310 and 50166 320) 

Example of a shelving system with accessories 

Version Galvanised Powder-coated RAL 7035 Galvanised Powder-coated RAL 

7035 

Shelving unit type Basic unit Add-on unit Basic unit Add-on unit Additional Additional shelves 

shelves 

Shelves 

Shelf 

height 

Length x Depth Carrying Number Bay load 

capacity 

capacity 

50168 50168 50168 50168 50168 50168 

mm kg Unit kg mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

5 1560 2000 822 (O. R.) 840 (O. R.) 858 (O. R.) 876 (O. R.) 


1000 x 400 150 

6 2400 2500 824 (O. R.) 842 (O. R.) 860 (O. R.) 878 (O. R.) 

894 

(O. R.) 

897 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 826 (O. R.) 844 (O. R.) 862 (O. R.) 880 (O. R.) 

5 1560 2000 002 (O. R.) 005 (O. R.) 110 (O. R.) 150 (O. R.) 

1000 x 400 230 

6 2400 2500 003 (O. R.) 006 (O. R.) 114 (O. R.) 154 (O. R.) 

090 

(O. R.) 

190 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 004 (O. R.) 007 (O. R.) 118 (O. R.) 158 (O. R.) 

5 1560 2000 828 (O. R.) 846 (O. R.) 864 (O. R.) 882 (O. R.) 

1000 x 500 150 

6 2400 2500 830 (O. R.) 848 (O. R.) 866 (O. R.) 884 (O. R.) 

895 

(O. R.) 

898 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 832 (O. R.) 850 (O. R.) 868 (O. R.) 886 (O. R.) 

5 1560 2000 020 (O. R.) 060 (O. R.) 120 (O. R.) 160 (O. R.) 

1000 x 500 230 

6 2400 2500 024 (O. R.) 064 (O. R.) 124 (O. R.) 164 (O. R.) 

092 

(O. R.) 

192 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 028 (O. R.) 068 (O. R.) 128 (O. R.) 168 (O. R.) 


2011/12 

943


Boltless shelving 

(continued) 

Version Galvanised Powder-coated RAL 7035 Galvanised Powder-coated RAL 

7035 

Shelving unit type Basic unit Add-on unit Basic unit Add-on unit Additional Additional shelves 

shelves 

Shelves 

Shelf 

height 

Length x Depth Carrying Number Bay load 

capacity 

capacity 

50168 50168 50168 50168 50168 50168 

mm kg Unit kg mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

5 1560 2000 834 (O. R.) 852 (O. R.) 870 (O. R.) 888 (O. R.) 

1000 x 600 150 

6 2400 2500 836 (O. R.) 854 (O. R.) 872 (O. R.) 890 (O. R.) 

896 

(O. R.) 

899 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 838 (O. R.) 856 (O. R.) 874 (O. R.) 892 (O. R.) 

5 1560 2000 030 (O. R.) 070 (O. R.) 130 (O. R.) 170 (O. R.) 

1000 x 600 230 

6 2400 2500 034 (O. R.) 074 (O. R.) 134 (O. R.) 174 (O. R.) 

094 

(O. R.) 

194 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 038 (O. R.) 078 (O. R.) 138 (O. R.) 178 (O. R.) 

5 1560 2000 040 (O. R.) 080 (O. R.) 140 (O. R.) 180 (O. R.) 

1000 x 800 230 

6 2400 2500 044 (O. R.) 084 (O. R.) 144 (O. R.) 184 (O. R.) 

096 

(O. R.) 

196 

(O. R.) 

7 2020 3000 048 (O. R.) 088 (O. R.) 148 (O. R.) 188 (O. R.) 

1300 x 600 230 

4 1560 2000 052 (O. R.) 089 (O. R.) – – – – 

– – 

(O. R.) 

098 

5 2400 2500 056 (O. R.) 091 (O. R.) – – – – – – 

Prod. Gr. 508 



Office plug-in racks COMPACT ® 

in galvanised or plastic-coated versions, RAL 7035, light grey 

Execution: 

•surface: galvanised or powder-coated RAL 7035 light grey 

•shelving height: 1850 mm and 2200 mm, height 2550 mm on request 

•compartment depths: 300 mm, depth 600 mm on request 

•compartment lengths: 750 mm and 1,000 mm, length 1,250 mm on request 

•shelf capacity: between 80-100 kg for every shelf, with evenly distributed load 


Safety instructions: 

Secure shelves against tiling with the height/depth ratio of 5:1 (wall mounting No. 50166 310 or 

foot fixing No. 50166 320) 

without folder 

Version 

Single-row plug-in rack, 

galvanised 

Single-row plug-in rack, 

powder-coated RAL 7035 

Shelving unit type Basic unit Add-on unit Basic unit Add-on unit 

Shelves 

Length x File folders Number of 

Depth per shelf compartment 

shelves 

Wall mounting galvanised* 

Foot fixing galvanised** 

Unit height 50166 50166 50166 50166 50166 50166 

mm Unit Unit mm Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

750 x 300 45 5 1850 211 (O. R.) 213 (O. R.) 215 (O. R.) 217 (O. R.) 

750 x 300 54 6 2200 221 (O. R.) 223 (O. R.) 225 (O. R.) 227 (O. R.) 

1000 x 300 60 5 1850 231 (O. R.) 233 (O. R.) 235 (O. R.) 237 (O. R.) 

310 

(O. R.) 

320 

(O. R.) 

1000 x 300 72 6 2200 241 (O. R.) 243 (O. R.) 245 (O. R.) 247 (O. R.) 

* Required number of wall fixing: 2 pieces for basic unit, 1 piece for add-on unit. 

** Required number of foot fixing: 4 pieces for basic unit, 2 pieces for add-on unit. 

h Other variants and double-sided versions on request. 

Prod. Gr. 508 

944 

2011/12


Wide span shelving 


Wide racks SPEED-Rack ® 

in galvanised version with chipboard inserts 

Application: for bulky items with light to middle load 

Execution: 

•surface: profiles and struts galvanised 

•shelving height 1,970 mm 

•compartment depth: 400 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm 

•tool rack lengths: 2,000 mm and 2,500 mm 

•shelf capacity: up to 500 kg with evenly distributed loading 

•shelf capacity: up to 3,000 kg with evenly distributed loading 


•step struts in longitudinal and depth direction 

•all-round edge protection 

•2 struts under each shelf 

•metal push-on foot, floor anchoring possible 

Scope of delivery: 

•4 supporting profiles 

•8 step struts in longitudinal direction 

•8 step struts in depth direction 

•4 chipboards 19 mm 

•8 A struts 

•4 push-on feet and shims 

1 

No contents 

400 

600 

800 

2 

3 

1970 

2470 

2970 

shelf complete with chipboard 

Version 

Basic unit with chipboards 

Shelf dimensions Length x Depth 

(clearances) 

Unit height Load capacity per bay 50165 

mm mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E 

2000 x 400 

500 510 (O. R.) 

2000 x 600 500 520 (O. R.) 

2000 x 800 500 530 (O. R.) 

2500 x 400 

1970 

400 610 (O. R.) 

2500 x 600 400 620 (O. R.) 

2500 x 800 400 630 (O. R.) 

h Designs with steel panels or additional shelf heights and additional shelves on request. 


Prod. Gr. 508 

4 

2000/2500 

1 Chip board 19 mm 

2 Step strut 

3 A-strut 

4 Support 



Wide racks MINI-RACK ® 

in galvanised version with chipboard inserts V20/E1 natural 

The solution for economical storage of bulky items. 

System features: 

•frame and step struts galvanised 


Scope of delivery, basic and add-on shelf unit: 

•frame, step struts, 3 shelves including all fixing materials 

•dismantled for ease of transport and assembly 

Note: 

•max. shelf load capacity 600 kg, max. bay shelf load capacity basic section/add-on bay 4600 kg (with 

evenly distributed weight) 

•bay load capacity must not be exceeded by inserting additional shelves 

Version Basic unit Add-on unit Additional shelf 

Number Shelf dimensions Length x Depth Unit height Overall length Overall length Overall length 

(clearances) 

mm mm mm Ident. No. U. pr. E mm Ident. No. U. pr. E mm Ident. No. U. pr. E 

1400 x 650 

1507 010 (O. R.) 1451 110 (O. R.) – 210 (O. R.) 

1400 x 800 1507 020 (O. R.) 1451 120 (O. R.) – 220 (O. R.) 

50165 

1400 x 1050 1507 030 (O. R.) 1451 130 (O. R.) – 230 (O. R.) 

1800 x 650 

2200 

1907 040 (O. R.) 1851 140 (O. R.) – 240 (O. R.) 

2200 x 650 2307 070 (O. R.) 2251 170 (O. R.) – 270 (O. R.) 

2200 x 800 2307 080 (O. R.) 2251 180 (O. R.) – 280 (O. R.) 

Prod. Gr. 508 

2011/12 

945


Pallet shelving 


Pallet shelving system MULTIPAL ® S light to medium load design 

for Euro pallets 800 x 1200 mm inserted transverse or longitudinally 

Application: the pallet shelving system offers you flexible, easily viewed storage on pallets or in (wire 

mesh) boxes. 

Execution: 

•surface: frames galvanised and struts RAL 2001 red orange, powder-coated 

•shelving height: 2700 mm and 3300 mm, other heights on request 

•depth: 1100 mm, 800 mm for transverse storage on request 

•strut lengths: 1,800 mm and 2,700 mm, other lengths on request 

•shelf capacity: up to 2400 kg with evenly distributed loading, with max. bending length 1000 mm 

•bay load capacity: up to 6650 kg with evenly distributed loading, with max. bending length 1000 mm 

•struts adjustable in 50 mm grids 


•basic shelving with 2 frames and 4 struts 

•extension shelving with 1 frame and 4 struts 

•for logistic reasons, we ship the racks in disassembled condition. We will be happy to carry out the 

assembly at an extra charge. 

Service: 

•Ask for our experts for the planning and design of larger pallet shelving systems. 

•We provide on-line support and/or our CAD planning service. 

•We will provide you with a separate free catalogue of pallet shelving systems on request. 


Shelving unit type Basic unit Add-on unit 

Length x Depth Unit height Strut type Shelf capacity Bay load-bearing capacity 50170 50170 

mm mm kg kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

1800 x 1100 2700 85/15 2200 6650 410 (O. R.) 412 (O. R.) 

1800 x 1100 3300 85/15 2200 6650 420 (O. R.) 422 (O. R.) 

2700 x 1100 2700 85/15 1500 3700 430 (O. R.) 432 (O. R.) 

2700 x 1100 2700 100/20 2400 5800 440 (O. R.) 442 (O. R.) 

2700 x 1100 3300 85/15 1500 3700 450 (O. R.) 452 (O. R.) 

2700 x 1100 3300 100/20 2400 5800 460 (O. R.) 462 (O. R.) 

Note: the loads indicated per shelf and per bay apply for shelving units with at least 4 bays, in which at least 2 pairs of struts are used. Prod. Gr. 508 



Pile protection edges 

for the protection of system corner areas 

Execution: 

•in L- or U-form, for the protection of the system posts at entries and throughways 

•according to the requirements of FEM, complete with 4 screw anchors 

•in signal colour, black/yellow 

Version L-form U-form 

Height 400 400 

50170 Ident. No. 495 498 


Prod. Gr. 508 



946 2011/12


Heavy duty shelving 


Cantilever bracket shelving system MULTISTRONG ® L – for light loads 

with plug-in type cantilever brackets 

Application: 

•for lying long goods 

•storage of panels and boards 

Execution: 

•hot-rolled sections IPE 120, surface RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder-coated, with holes on both side to 

allow changeover from single-side to double-side 

•stand height: 2,000 mm, other heights on request 

•dimension between centre lines: 1,030 mm, dimension 1,330 mm on request 

•depth of cantilever brackets (single-row and double-row): 400 mm, 500 mm and 600 mm 

•cantilever brakes can be plugged in a 50 mm grid 

•available as single-row or double-row rack 


•single-row basic unit with 2 stands and 8 cantilever brackets 

•single-row add-on unit with 1 stand and 4 cantilever brackets 

•double-row basic unit with 2 stands and 16 cantilever brackets 

•double-row add-on unit with 1 stand and 8 cantilever brackets 

Accessories: 

Roll arbours, tubular arms, support rail with arbours and bottom anchoring available on request. 

Shelving unit type Basic unit Add-on unit 

Shelving unit type Length Depth Unit height Load capacity per arm Dimension between centre lines Overall stand load capacity 50192 50192 

mm mm mm kg mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

400 

220 

1750 010 (O. R.) 012 (O. R.) 

one-sided 1000 500 2000 

175 1030 

1450 020 (O. R.) 022 (O. R.) 

600 140 1300 030 (O. R.) 032 (O. R.) 

2x400 

220 

3500 050 (O. R.) 052 (O. R.) 

double-sided 1000 2 x 500 2000 

175 1030 

2900 060 (O. R.) 062 (O. R.) 

2 x 600 140 2600 070 (O. R.) 072 (O. R.) 

h Additional designs with greater load capacities or welded cantilever brackets on request. 


Prod. Gr. 508 



Heavy duty pull-out shelf unit 

with full extension shelves, carrying capacity 1000 kg per shelf 

Ideal for storing heavy goods e. g. injection spray, die-cast, and stamping tools, motors etc. The pull-out 

shelves make it easy to store and remove heavy parts. The pull-out shelves are fitted with individual pullout 

locks for safety reasons. These comprise a pull-out locking bar attached across the frame at each section, 

and a hook mounted on each pull-out shelf. To ensure that the required safety levels are achieved, the 

shelf unit must be bolted to the floor. The bolts and assembly instruction are supplied: The individual drawer 

lock locks the pull-out drawer in the open and closed positions. 

Technical data: 

•overall dimension basic section: W x D x H = 1450 x 1100 x 2010 mm 

•overall dimension add-on bay: W x D x H = 1350 x 1100 x 2010 mm 

•clear width: 1250 mm 

•useful width shelves: W x D = 1205 x 1045 mm (970 mm pull-out) with triangular rolling strip 


•carrying force, full extension pull-out shelves: 1000 kg evenly distributed 

•carrying capacity per shelf compartment 5000 kg 

•capacity load upper shelf bottom: 250 kg 

•number of cross-stays: 1 

Colour: frames RAL 5012 light blue, shelves RAL 7000 squirrel grey. 

Note: for the installation of several add-on fields, for reasons of stability after the basic field a cross stray 

is required in every second add-on field. 

Shelf unit 

Basic and add-on bay 

Additional shelves 

Version Weight 50171 Version 50171 

kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

Basic section with 3 full extension shelves 633 030 (O. R.) 

Add-on bay with 3 full extension shelves 586 040 (O. R.) 

Full extension 060 (O. R.) 

h Other models and with single extension pull-out shelves available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

947


Recyclable materials collectors 


Panel off-cut stand 

for sheet metal, plastic, wood, board, etc. 

For easy-view storage of panel off-cuts of varying size and shape. Fast selection of the required panels. 

Simple filling and removal, since open on 3 sides. More comfortable, faster access with upright size sorting. 

Base, rails and separator bars galvanised. 

Length x width x height mm 1600 x 480 x 1000 

No. of compartments 5 

Compartment width mm 50 

Load capacity per compartment kg 200 (400*) 

For formats approx. mm 80x120 to 1600x1600 

Weight kg 60 

50193 Ident. No. 150 


* for broad items. Prod. Gr. 504 


Recyclable materials collectors 


Execution: 

•high quality, robust sheet steel housing with removable mountable lid and self-closing lid 

•self-closing lid available in 3 colours for distinguishing/separating the recyclable materials 

•the garbage bag (60 i) is clamped between the housing and the mountable lid for easy insertion and 

removal of the garbage bags (garbage bags not included in the scope of delivery) 

•expandable for three-part collection station 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 015 panel with 4 steering wheels Ø 50 mm, thereof 2 with wheel brakes, for accommodation 

of 3 recyclable materials collectors 

Ident. No. 020 labels set, 7 pieces, black / transparent, self-adhesive 

Colour: corpus, mountable lid, panel RAL 7035, light grey, self-closing lid optionally RAL 3002 crimson red, 

RAL 5010 gentian blue or RAL 1003 signal yellow, powder-coated 

Ident. No. 020: 7 piece label set with pictographs for identification of the recyclable materials collectors 

Colour, self-closing lid 

RAL 3002 crimson red RAL 5010 gentian blue RAL 1003 signal yellow 

Filling volume Litre 60 60 60 

Height x Width x Depth mm 800 x 320 x 320 800 x 320 x 320 800 x 320 x 320 

50072 Individual recyclable materials collectors Ident. No. 002 004 006 


50072 Panel with wheels for 3 recyclable materials collectors Ident. No. 010 


50072 Recyclable materials collector station (3 recyclable materials collectors + panel) Ident. No. 015 


50072 Pictograph labels for recyclable materials collectors, 7 pieces Ident. No. 020 

Set price E (O. R.) 


Prod. Gr. 504 


Cleaning rag bins, flame retardant 


No. 50073 sloping roof folded over on all sides, 2 hinged handles on sides, shackle for padlock. 

Colour: RAL 7031, blue-grey. 

No. 50075 with self-closing flap in self-closing lid, folded over on all sides, 2 hinged handles on sides. 

Colour: RAL 3000, flame red. 

Number 50073 50075 

Volume Litre 170 120 

Height front/back mm 750/980 650/880 

Width mm 625 500 

Depth mm 375 400 

Weight kg 16 16 

Ident. No. 010 010 


Prod. Gr. 504 

No. 50073 No. 50075 

948 2011/12


Absorbtion cabinets and collecting trays 


Waste container 

Execution: housing made of quality thin sheet metal, inner container made of galvanised sheet steel. On 

2 sides, self-closing swing flaps. Upper part removable for easy removal of inner container. On 2 sides, 2 

strong hinged handles. 

Colour: silver-grey, stove enamelled. 

Volume Litre 95 

Height mm 870/660 

Width mm 450 

Depth mm 450 

Weight kg 21 

50077 Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 504 


Absorption cabinet 

The HK absorption cabinet means cleanliness and air purity in any workplace where workpieces and tools 

are cleaned. 

Swarf, oil and coolant residues are no longer simply blown out into the premises, but are purposely sucked 

into the collecting container provided. 

The maintenance-free HK absorption cabinet is operated using compressed air and comprises of a painted 

sheet steel cabinet with an integrated injection system and a blow-off gun attached on the side. 

The parts to be cleaned are cleaned with the blow-off gun. The injection system sucks out all impurities 

downwards into a collection tray, that must be emptied regularly. 

The blow-off gun and the injection system are actuated with a foot valve attached on the front side, so that 

only as much compressed air as required for the cleaning is consumed. 

Scope of delivery: complete with connection for compressed air quick connector (DN 7.2 G 1.4), incl. 

blow-off gun. 

Colour: RAL 7035, light grey. 

Model A 500 A 1000 

External dimensions H x W x D mm 1300 x 500 x 500 1300 x 1000 x 500 

Working height mm 850 850 

Opening dimension W x D mm 425 x 480 920 x 480 

Grid load-bearing capacity kg 50 100 

Compressed air connection bar 5-10 5-10 

Noise level dB(A) 60-70 60-70 


50058 Absorption cabinet Ident. No. 002 004 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) 

50058 Spare filter mats Ident. No. 008* 



* 2 units required for model A 1000. 

h Version in VA or other colours available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

949


Absorbtion cabinets and collecting trays 


Collecting trays made of steel 

with prototype testing 

Execution: 

•trays made of steel (S235 according to EN 10025), thickness of material 3 mm, welded to be leak-proof according to requirements of 

STAWA-R (steel tray regulations) 

•grating made of hot galvanised steel, removable 

•models AW 2, AW 4 and AW 8 with forklift pads, 100 mm ground clearance, which allows for easier and safer internal transport 

•model AW 2 portable, with 2 fixed and steering wheels and wheel brakes plus pushing handle 

•with declaration of consent (ÜHP) 

•meet the requirements of the Residential Water Law (WHG) 

•trays available optionally: colour RAL 5010, gentian blue or hot galvanised 

Application: for storage of water-polluting and flammable liquids of all hazard classes in compliance with regulations 


Ident. No. 012 Ident. No. 008 Ident. No. 020 with barrel trestle 1 

Type AW 2 AW 4 AW 8 AW 2 mobile 

Collecting volume l 205 205 340 205 

Capacity 

2 drums 

of 200 litres 

4 drums 

of 200 litres 

8 drums 

of 200 litres 

2 drums 

of 200 litres 

Carrying capacity kg/m 2 850 850 850 850 

Overall dimensions B x D x H mm 1236 x 816 x 345 1236 x 1210 x 280 2455 x 1210 x 250 1340 x 860 x 430 

Weight kg 74 93 180 85 

50060 lacquered, RAL 5010 Ident. No. 002 004 008 010 


50060 galvanised Ident. No. 012 014 018 020 


Capacity 

1 drum of 60 or 200 litres 

Overall dimensions B x D x H 600 x 600 x 380 

50060 Barrel trestle 1, zinc-coated Ident. No. 110 


h Drum pliers, drum grippers see No. 77180 010 page 1576. 

Collecting trays made of polyethylene and other versions on request. 


Prod. Gr. 583 

950 2011/12


Oil dispensers and safety cabinets 


Oil dispenser cabinets incl. canister 

Execution: 

•robust, welded steel sheet construction with hinged doors 

•bowl handle doors, can be locked simultaneously via safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

•steel housing, on top equipped with a plastic-coated cover panel 8 mm, colour grey 

depending on the cabinet version equipped with 1 or 2 full extension shelves, height-adjustable in a grid of 30 mm, carrying capacity 100 kg per shelf with 

evenly distributed load. Below in the cabinet a drip pan, removable for cleaning purposes. 

•with oil canisters made in polyethylene (HD-PE), volume 10 and/or 22 litres, design see description under oil canisters No. 50062 250-252 at the bottom, 

equipment in the cabinet see table below 

•10 and 22 litres canisters can also be used on one storage level in a combination 

Ident. No. 208-218 cabinet housing equipped with a drawer lock, thus only one drawer can be opened, thus the cabinet is tilt-proof to a large extent 

Painting: corpus, pull-out drawer, drip pan RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder coated 

Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 230 Holder for measuring beaker/oil can, for suspension into the drawer, RAL 7035 light grey, powder coated 

No. 50298 600 page 1051, forklift compatible base for cabinet, front and rear with removable screen, for in-house transport with pallet truck or fork-lift truck, 

painting RAL 7021, black grey, powder coated 

Ident. No. 200 Ident. No. 208 Holder Ident. No. 230 (without measuring beaker) 

Cabinet Height mm 1036 1568 

Clear useful height mm 960 960 1470 1470 1470 

Cabinet width x depth mm 1022 x 550 1022 x 550 1022 x 550 1022 x 550 1022 x 550 

Full extension shelves 100 % Unit 1 1 2 2 2 

Equipped with oil canister, 10 litres Unit – 6 6 12 - 

Equipped with oil canister, 22 litres Unit 5 – 5 – 10 

Total load capacity kg 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 

50062 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 200 204 208 212 216 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50062 Other colours Ident. No. 202 206 210 214 218 


50062 Holder for measuring beaker Ident. No. 230 



h Measuring beaker in tinplate see article no. 56076 010/110 page 1355 Prod. Gr. 583 


Oil canister 

made of food-safe polyethylene (HD-PE) 

Execution: 

•resistant to acids and chemicals, temperature-resistant up to 73 ° 

•with UV protection for a longer service life 

•large filling opening Ø 88 mm 

•user-friendly drain valve with wide thread 22 mm 

•locks can be sealed 

•filling level control by means of transparent design 

Capacity l 10 22 

W x D x H mm 154 x 302 x 397 180 x 370 x 475 

50062 Ident. No. 250 252 



with volume of 10 litres in additional 

with discharge 

pipe Ø 18 mm 

Prod. Gr. 583 


2011/12 

951


Oil dispensers and safety cabinets 


Safety cabinet CLASSIC line, optionally with single-hand hinged door system 

in accordance with DIN 14470-1 type 90 and DIN EN 14727 (laboratory furniture standard) 

Application: for safe and law-conforming storage of hazardous materials in work areas in compliance with TRbF 20 Annex L and DIN EN 14470-1 and 

DIN EN 14727. 

Tested safety on high level: 

•prototype testing by MPA, TÜV, GS/CE-marks 

•fire resistant for 90 minutes 

•high quality seal for superior design, user-friendliness and increased service life 

Execution: 

•external corpus, powder-coated sheet steel, light grey RAL 7035 

•internal corpus made of high grade decorative panels, light grey RAL 7035 

•lockable hinged doors., door front in RAL 1018 

•standard features: 3 height-adjustable tray bases, 1 base tray, 1 perforated insert made from sheet steel metal powder coated, height-adjustable base 

•hinged doors with standard integrated locking system and temperature monitoring is self-closing in case of fire 

•ventilation and air extraction in each cabinet level 

•window provided for visual check of ventilation shut-off flaps 

•tray bases and base trays are galvanically connected with the cabinet housing – avoids risk of ignition (BGR 132 TRBS 2153) 

•feet adjustable from inside and outside 

•underpinning guaranteed due to removable base 

Ident. No. 006 and 012: with single-hand hinged door system, the hinged doors can be opened with min. exertion of force and via a handle. 


Single-hand hinged door system offers max. operating convenience Ident. No.010, 004 and 002 each without content Product video: 

use your mobile phone to scan the 

QR code. 

Model CLASSIC M CLASSIC L CLASSIC ONE L CLASSIC XL CLASSIC ONE XL 

Single-hand hinged door system no no yes no yes 

Version 1 door 2 door 2 door 2 door 2 door 

External dimensions H x W x D mm 2080 x 595 x 595 2080 x 895 x 595 2080 x 895 x 595 2080 x 1195 x 595 2080 x 1195 x 595 

Internal dimensions H x W x D mm 1830 x 499 x 446 1830 x 799 x 446 1830 x 799 x 446 1830 x 1099 x 446 1830 x 1099 x 446 

50069 Safety cabinet Ident. No. 002 004 006 010 012 


50069 Additional tray base Ident. No. 102 104 110 


Prod. Gr. 583 


Extraction attachment with fan 

for safety cabinet Classic line 

Application: for extraction of flammable and hazardous vapours to the outside. Fits all CLASSIC line safety 

cabinets. 

Execution: 

•steel sheet housing, powder-coated 

•delivered ready for plugging in – easy mounting 

•conforms ATEX, type-examination certificate by TÜV Süd 

Dimensions housing H x W x D mm 352 x 250 x 318 

Voltage/frequency/current 

230 V, 50 Hz / 0.1 A 

Connection support Ø mm 75 

Noise level Lp5A db (A) 3 m/56 

50069 Ident. No. 200 


Prod. Gr. 583 

952 2011/12


Workbenches – selection overview 


Workbenches – selection overview 

Version 

Series WGS Series V 

Working height mm 850/900 850/900 850/900 900 

Panel execution Solid beech Original ANKE solid beech Original ANKE solid beech or universal panel Original ANKE solid beech 

or universal panel 

or zinc sheet metal coating panel 

or zinc sheet metal coating panel 

Worktop panel length mm 1500/2000 1500/2000 1270/1500/2000/2800 1500/2000 

Panel width x thickness mm 700 x 50 700 x 50 700 x 50 700 x 40 

Drawers internal dimensions mm 450 x 600 500 x 540 - 550 x 525 

W x D 

Drawer extension Partial extension/full extension Full extension - Partial extension 

Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100/70 100 - 70 

for evenly distributed load 

Art. No. 50212 50203 50185 50200 

Catalogue from page 981 from page 971 from page 954 from page 955 

Version 

Series L Series V Series VS 

Working height mm 840 850/900 900 

Panel execution Beech multiplex Original ANKE solid beech 

Original ANKE solid beech 

or universal panel or 

zinc sheet metal coating panel 

Worktop panel length mm 1500/2000 1500/2000/2800 1500/2250 

Panel width x thickness mm 750 x 40 700 x 50 800 x 100 

Drawers internal dimensions mm 490 x 598 500 x 540 500 x 540 

W x D 

Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Full extension 

Carrying capacity per drawer kg 70 100 100 


Art. No. 50199 50201 50202 

Catalogue from page 958 from page 961 from page 969 

Version 


Series VX-1500 

Series VX-2000 

Working height mm 850/900 850/900 

Panel execution 


or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel 


or universal panel or zinc sheet metal coating panel 

Worktop panel length mm 1500 2000 

Panel width x thickness mm 800 x 50 800 x 50 

Drawers internal dimensions mm 1200 x 600 750 x 600 

W x D 

Drawer extension Full extension Full extension 

Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100 100 


Art. No. 50206 50206 

Catalogue from page 977 from page 977 

2011/12 

953


Work tables 


Worktables 

with different types of plates, 50 mm strong 

Execution: 

•working height 850 mm and 900 mm, Panel length 1270, 1500, 2000 and 2800 mm, panel 

thickness 50 mm 

•panel execution, available optionally: 

– Ident. No. 120-185 with ANKE workbench top panel solid beech (BMP) 

– Ident. No. 221-286 with universal panel (UBP), with 2 mm ABS-edge on the circumference 

– Ident. No. 321-386 with zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP) 

•frame made of square-section steel tubing 45 x 45 x 2 mm, with level compensation on a leg. Carrying 

capacity 800 kg with evenly distributed load 

Colour of coating: rack colour RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated. Other paintings on request. 

Scope of delivery: completely installed 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 900 Suspended drawer, lockable, W x D x H 500 x 540 x 175 mm, RAL 5010 gentian blue. In 

case of order with worktable: ready mounted under workbench top panel. Can also be 

ordered individually, for subsequent self-installation below the workbench top panel. 



Workbench top panel solid beech 

(BMP) 

Massive, can be ground, glued in bars, 

special toothing and gluing, therefore 

extremely robust and nearly unlimited 

service life! 

Universal panel (UBP) 

Grey-blue, antistatic, abrasion-resistant 

coating. Resistant short-term against 

weak acids and lyes and heat effect up 

to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance 

against grease and oils. 

Zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP) 

Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, 

galvanised steel sheet coating, all 

around with flanged edges and fastened 

on the lower sides. The edges are 

welded and ground. Long-lasting corrosion 

resistance. 

Working height mm 850 900 850 900 850 900 850 900 

Panel length x depth mm 1270 x 700 1270 x 700 1500 x 700 1500 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2800 x 700 2800 x 700 

50185 Solid beech (BMP) Ident. No. 120 125 140 145 160 165 180 185 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50185 Universal panel (UBP) Ident. No. 221 226 241 246 261 266 281 286 


50185 Zinc sheet metal panel (ZBP) Ident. No. 321 326 341 346 361 366 381 386 


50185 Suspended drawer 175 mm Ident. No. 900 


i Selection overview workbenches page 953. 

h Anti-roll off edging, solid beech, 90 mm high, 14 mm thick, for work tables, see No. 50233 400-420 page 987 

Insert material for suspended drawer see No. 50228 from page 974. 

Prod. Gr. 502 

954 2011/12





with top panel solid beech, 40 mm thick 

Execution: 

•housing in optically attractive design made of welded steel sheet metal with closed lateral fonts 

•ergonomic working height of 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech, glued together from bars, length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm 

depth x thickness 700 x 40 mm 

Advantage: 

•working height of 900 mm = improved ergonomics, stress-less working, increased motivation, increase performance, more fun at work 

•workbench table panel of solid beech, special toothing and gluing, with nearly unlimited life for max. load 

•orifice attached under the work plate allows the integration of energy supply or transparent tilting drums (see accessories) 

Series configuration: 

700 

550 

525 

ANKE workbench top panel solid beech, 

40 mm thick 

Module orifice for fitting with installation parts Carrying capacity 70 kg per drawer with roller 

for energy and compressed air supply or easyview 

tilting 

guiding 

drums 

Drawers with slotted walls 

Drawers with handle strips 

and labelling field 

Door opening angle 180° Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys Carrying capacity with 

evenly distributed load 

Accessories: 

•panel with integrated power supply or fitted with transparent tilting drums, see No. 50200 925-970 page 957 

•soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 905-910 page 988 

•anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 

•suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50200 980-992 page 957, HK type. 

•AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 670 page 1068 

•level balance on one foot for uneven floors 

Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Special colour: further RAL colours are available at extra cost: 


RAL 1015 RAL 2004 RAL 3002 RAL 3020 RAL 5012 RAL 5014 RAL 5015 RAL 6011 RAL 9010 

light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red light blue pigeon blue sky blue reseda green pure white 




Individual fitting of HK workbenches No. 50200 

with power supply or transparent tilting drums 

When ordering, please also provide the Art. No. for the desired panel equipment for the HK workbench! See Art. No. 50200 925-970 page 957 

The price stated there is understood as an extra cost to the standard execution of the HK workbench. Please request the price for retrofitting in an existing HK 

workbench. 

Possible fitting variants: 

1 

1 Module orifice set 1 No. 50200 925-930 



2 

3 


2011/12 

955






Model Model 109 Model 132 Model 105 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 170 mm 

340 mm 

340 mm 

510 mm 

340 mm 340 mm 

Working height mm 900 900 900 

Plate L x D x S mm 1500 x 700 x 40 1500 x 700 x 40 1500 x 700 x 40 


WxD 

Load capacity per drawer kg 70 70 70 

Storage surface per drawer m² 0,29 0,29 0,29 

50200 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 070 120 030 


50200 Other colours Ident. No. 075 125 035 



170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

510 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

340 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 





WxD 



50200 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 040 160 060 





170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 170 mm 

340 mm 

340 mm 

510 mm 

170 mm 

170 mm 

510 mm 

340 mm 340 mm 

340 mm 




WxD 



50200 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 210 240 250 




i Selection overview workbenches page 953. Prod. Gr. 586 

956 2011/12




Module panels with power supply or transparent tilting drums for HK workbenches 

Application: for individual installation of a power supply in the HK workbench orifice or transparent tilting drums. 

Execution: 

Ident. No. 925-930 Module orifice set 1 workbench orifice fitted with: 2 shock-proof socket with tilting cover 230 V, 10/16 A, 2 poles, not wired 

Ident. No. 935-940 Module orifice set 2 workbench orifice fitted with:2 shock-proof socket with tilting cover 230 V, 10/16 A, 2 poles, 1 CEE-socket with tilting 

cover 400 V, 16 A, 5 poles, 1 quick-acting coupling for compressed air, max. 10 bar, not wired 

Ident. No. 965-970 Module panel set 3: fitted with: 9 transparent tilting drums, individual box, internal dimensions W x D x H 50 x 35 x 45 mm, overall dimension 

of the 9 containers in the housing W x D x H 600 x 50 x 76 mm 

Painting: In your order please indicate the requested RAL colour matching the colour of the selected workbench. 

Module orifice set 1 

Ident. No. 925-930 


Ident. No. 935-940 


Ident. No. 965-970 

Version Module orifice set 1 Module orifice set 2 Module orifice set 3 

for workbench lengths mm 1500 2000 1500 2000 1500 2000 

50200 Ident. No. 925 930 935 940 965 970 

Set price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

h Prices are to be understood as extra price on the standard execution HK workbench. 

Prices for a subsequent installation into an existing workbench on request. 


Prod. Gr. 586 


Drawer insert material for carbide HK benches 

Application: for individual drawer division of the carbide HK workbenches 

Ident. No. 980-986 Compartment dividers and compartment rails 

Ident. No. 987 Anti-slip mat 

Ident. No. 988 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant 

Ident. No. 990-992 AQURADO modular organisation system, consisting of boxes and a mat 


Compartment dividers and compartment 

rails 1/2 – division 






rails 1/2 – 1/4 – division 

Version 

Anti-slip mat rubber ribbed mat AQURADO set 1 

consisting of 1 textured mat 

and 7 boxes 48 mm high 

Compartment 

divider 

1 

/ 2 division 

Compartment 

divider 

1 

/ 3 division 

Compartment 

divider 

1 

/ 4 division 

Compartment 

divider 

1 

/ 2– 1 / 4 division 

AQURADO set 2 

consisting of 1 textured mat 

and 13 boxes 48 mm high 

Anti-slip mat rubber ribbed mat AQURADO set 1 AQURADO set 2 

50200 Ident. No. 980 982 984 986 987 988 990 992 

Set price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – – O. R. O. R. 

Unit price E – – – – O. R. O. R. – – 

h Two-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. 


Ident. No. 980-988 = Prod. Gr. 586 


2011/12 

957




Workbenches series L 

with multiplex beech 40 mm thick 

Execution: 

•robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45x45x2 mm, total carrying capacity 800 kg for evenly distributed load 

•working height 840 mm, workbench top panel made of beech multiplex, length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm, depth x thickness 750 x 40 mm 


750 

598 

490 

Workbench top panel 

multiplex beech, 

40 mm thick 

Drawers with aluminium grip 

strips, paper and cellone 

strips 

Drawers with slotted walls, 

carrying capacity 70 kg per 

drawer 

Accessories: 

•suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50199 page 960. 

•soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 915-920 page 988 



Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 


Door opening angle 180° Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys Base made of square-section 

steel tubing, 45 x 45 x 2 mm 

with level compensation on 

all four feet 


958 2011/12




Workbenches series L 

with multiplex beech 40 mm thick 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

360 mm 

360 mm 


Plates L x D x S mm 1500 x 750 x 40 1500 x 750 x 40 

Drawers - internal dimensions 

mm 490 x 598 490 x 598 

W x D 

Load capacity per drawer kg 70 70 

Storage surface per drawer m² 0,29 0,29 

Shelf Number 1 – 

50199 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 005 010 


180 mm 

180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 

540 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 




mm 490 x 598 490 x 598 

W x D 



Shelf Number 1 2 

50199 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 015 020 



180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 




mm 490 x 598 490 x 598 

W x D 



Shelf Number 1 – 

50199 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 025 030 



2011/12 

959




Drawer insert material for carbide HK benches series L 

Ident. No. 112 Ident. No. 114 Ident. No. 116 Ident. No. 120 

Version 6 compartments 12 compartments 16 compartments rubber ribbed mat 

50199 Ident. No. 112 114 116 120 

for front height 180 mm Set price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – 

for front height 180 mm Unit price E – – – O. R. 



960 2011/12




Workbenches series V – drawers with full extension 100% 


Execution: 

•robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45x45x2 mm, 

•working height of 850 mm or 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), table top with universal coating (UBP) or table top with zinc sheet 

metal coating (ZBP), length depending on model 1500, 2000 or 2800 mm depth x thickness 700 x 50 mm, load capacity 1500 kg with evenly distributed load 

•with the modular system, the workbenches can also be equipped separately with drawers and doors. A grid system of 30 mm enables the installation of drawers 

with front height 60-360 mm and doors with front height 360 and 540 mm 

•also available models in mirror-image version or with reset shelves for sitting variant 

Note: on request all workbenches are available also with single extension drawer 86 % and load capacity 100 kg. Price on request. 

Optionally with 3 different types of panel: 

Solid beech (BMP) Panel with universal coating (UBP) Panel with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP) All drawers with full extension 100% – for 

easy and comfortable access. 

Massive, can be locked, glued in bars, special Wooden base late with blue-blue, antistatic Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised 

toothing and gluing, therefore extremely 

robust and nearly unlimited service life. 

non-abrasive coating, with circumferential 

2 mm ABS-edge. Resistant short-term steel sheet coating, all around with 

flanged edges and fastened on the lower 

against weak acids and lyes and heat effect side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal 

up to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance 

against greases and oils. 

for working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus 

long-lasting corrosion resistance. 


Drawers with full 

extension 100 % 

Carrying capacity 

100 kg per 

drawer 

Individual drawer 

locking: it is possible 

to open one 

drawer only 

Drawers with perforated 

floors and 

slotted walls for 

individual partition 

Drawers with grip 

strips, labels and 

cellone strips 

Door opening 

angle 180° 

Accessories: 

•suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50228 page 974 

•AQURADO textured mat for drawers, for fitting with Universal box see No. 50540 660 page 1068 


•soft PVC mats, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50223 905-910 page 988 

Additional extra features possible, see from page 975: 

Base made of 

square-section 

steel tubing 45 x 

45 x 2 mm 

1x level compensation 

for work- 

2keys 

Cylinder lock incl. 

benches 1500/ 

2000 mm, 6x for 

workbenches 

2800 mm 


Shelf, solid version No. 900 or with full extension 

100% No. 902 

Document panel for inner side of the door 

No. 904 

Workbench panel for the inner side of the 

door No. 906 

Perforated sheet metal for side wall Ident. 

No. 908 

Perforated sheet metal with energy units – 

price on request 

electronic central lock – Price on request 


Special colour: following colours available without additional charge: 

Product video: 

use your mobile phone to scan the QR code. 

RAL 1015 RAL 2004 RAL 3002 RAL 3020 RAL 5010 RAL 5012 RAL 5014 RAL 5015 RAL 6011 RAL 7035 RAL 9010 

light ivory pure orange crimson red traffic signal red gentian blue light blue pigeon blue sky blue reseda green light grey pure white 


h Other workbench lengths and drawer/door compositions available on request. 

Please ask for our brochure describing our complete line of workbenches. 



2011/12 

961





Model 209 V – drawers with full extension 100% 

left side equipped with 2 drawers each 

1 x front height 180 mm 


open compartment of the right side 

180 mm 

360 mm 

Execution Workbench top panel 

solid beech 

(BMP) 

solid beech 

(BMP) 

Universal panel 

(UBP) 


(UBP) 

Zinc sheet metal 

coating panel (ZBP) 



Colour of coating RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours 

Working Plate 

height L x D x S 

50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 

mm mm mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

850 

002 (O. R.) 003 (O. R.) 006 (O. R.) 007 (O. R.) 010 (O. R.) 011 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

004 (O. R.) 005 (O. R.) 008 (O. R.) 009 (O. R.) 012 (O. R.) 013 (O. R.) 

Figure = version solid beech (BMP) Prod. Gr. 502 








on the right side equipped with 1 door 

height 540 mm 


solid beech 

(BMP) 

solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

014 (O. R.) 015 (O. R.) 018 (O. R.) 019 (O. R.) 022 (O. R.) 023 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

016 (O. R.) 017 (O. R.) 020 (O. R.) 021 (O. R.) 024 (O. R.) 025 (O. R.) 

180 mm 

360 mm 

540 mm 





left and right side equipped with 3 drawers 

each 

front height 180 mm 

open compartment of the right side 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per drawer 


850 

026 (O. R.) 027 (O. R.) 030 (O. R.) 031 (O. R.) 034 (O. R.) 035 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

028 (O. R.) 029 (O. R.) 032 (O. R.) 033 (O. R.) 036 (O. R.) 037 (O. R.) 


962 2011/12






on the left side equipped with 3 drawers 



height 540 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 

Execution workbench top panel 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 

solid Beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

038 (O. R.) 039 (O. R.) 042 (O. R.) 043 (O. R.) 046 (O. R.) 047 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

040 (O. R.) 041 (O. R.) 044 (O. R.) 045 (O. R.) 048 (O. R.) 049 (O. R.) 




Model 205 V – drawers with full extension 100 

% 


each 



Execution Workbench top panel Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP) Universal panel 

(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

050 (O. R.) 051 (O. R.) 054 (O. R.) 055 (O. R.) 058 (O. R.) 059 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

052 (O. R.) 053 (O. R.) 056 (O. R.) 057 (O. R.) 060 (O. R.) 061 (O. R.) 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 360 mm 





Model 131 V – drawers with full extension 

100% 





height 540 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

540 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

062 (O. R.) 063 (O. R.) 066 (O. R.) 067 (O. R.) 070 (O. R.) 071 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

064 (O. R.) 065 (O. R.) 068 (O. R.) 069 (O. R.) 072 (O. R.) 073 (O. R.) 


2011/12 

963





Model 118 V – 

drawers with full extension 100% 




on the right side equipped with 1 drawer 


90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

074 (O. R.) 075 (O. R.) 078 (O. R.) 079 (O. R.) 082 (O. R.) 083 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

076 (O. R.) 077 (O. R.) 080 (O. R.) 081 (O. R.) 084 (O. R.) 085 (O. R.) 





drawers with full extension 100 % 

left equipped with 2 drawers 



180 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 


right equipped with 3 drawers 




(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

086 (O. R.) 087 (O. R.) 090 (O. R.) 091 (O. R.) 094 (O. R.) 095 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

088 (O. R.) 089 (O. R.) 092 (O. R.) 093 (O. R.) 096 (O. R.) 097 (O. R.) 

360 mm 

360 mm 









on the right side equipped with 3 drawers 


90 mm 

90 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

098 (O. R.) 099 (O. R.) 102 (O. R.) 103 (O. R.) 106 (O. R.) 107 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

100 (O. R.) 101 (O. R.) 104 (O. R.) 105 (O. R.) 108 (O. R.) 109 (O. R.) 


964 2011/12













90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

110 (O. R.) 111 (O. R.) 114 (O. R.) 115 (O. R.) 118 (O. R.) 119 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

112 (O. R.) 113 (O. R.) 116 (O. R.) 117 (O. R.) 120 (O. R.) 121 (O. R.) 






left and right equipped with 3 drawers each 


180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

122 (O. R.) 123 (O. R.) 126 (O. R.) 127 (O. R.) 130 (O. R.) 131 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

124 (O. R.) 125 (O. R.) 128 (O. R.) 129 (O. R.) 132 (O. R.) 133 (O. R.) 

180 mm 

180 mm 














90 mm 

90 mm 

150 mm 

210 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

360 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

134 (O. R.) 135 (O. R.) 138 (O. R.) 139 (O. R.) 142 (O. R.) 143 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

136 (O. R.) 137 (O. R.) 140 (O. R.) 141 (O. R.) 144 (O. R.) 145 (O. R.) 


2011/12 

965







on the left side and on the right side equipped 

with 1 door 

height 540 mm 

in the centre equipped with 3 drawers 


540 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

202 (O. R.) 203 (O. R.) 206 (O. R.) 207 (O. R.) 210 (O. R.) 211 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

204 (O. R.) 205 (O. R.) 208 (O. R.) 209 (O. R.) 212 (O. R.) 213 (O. R.) 









open compartment in the centre 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 


850 

214 (O. R.) 215 (O. R.) 218 (O. R.) 219 (O. R.) 222 (O. R.) 223 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

216 (O. R.) 217 (O. R.) 220 (O. R.) 221 (O. R.) 224 (O. R.) 225 (O. R.) 






left, centre and right side equipped with 2 

drawers each 



180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

226 (O. R.) 227 (O. R.) 230 (O. R.) 231 (O. R.) 234 (O. R.) 235 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

228 (O. R.) 229 (O. R.) 232 (O. R.) 233 (O. R.) 236 (O. R.) 237 (O. R.) 


966 2011/12







on the left side equipped with 1 door 

height 540 mm 

centre and right side equipped with 3 drawers 

each 




540 mm 

90 mm 90 mm 

180 mm 180 mm 

270 mm 270 mm 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

238 (O. R.) 239 (O. R.) 242 (O. R.) 243 (O. R.) 246 (O. R.) 247 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

240 (O. R.) 241 (O. R.) 244 (O. R.) 245 (O. R.) 248 (O. R.) 249 (O. R.) 







each 



central backwards offset shelf – 

for seated work 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 

180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


850 

250 (O. R.) 251 (O. R.) 254 (O. R.) 255 (O. R.) 258 (O. R.) 259 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

252 (O. R.) 253 (O. R.) 256 (O. R.) 257 (O. R.) 260 (O. R.) 261 (O. R.) 












centrally backwards offset shelf – 

for seated work 







60 mm 

90 mm 

150 mm 

240 mm 

90 mm 

120 mm 

150 mm 

180 mm 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate Drawers - Carrying 

height L x D x S internal dimen- 

capacity 

50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

sions W x D per drawer 


850 

262 (O. R.) 263 (O. R.) 266 (O. R.) 267 (O. R.) 270 (O. R.) 271 (O. R.) 

2000 x 70 

500 x 540 100 

900 0x50 

264 (O. R.) 265 (O. R.) 268 (O. R.) 269 (O. R.) 272 (O. R.) 273 (O. R.) 


2011/12 

967





Model 106 V – 2 workstations 


Per workstation: 




height 540 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

540 mm 180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

402 (O. R.) 403 (O. R.) 406 (O. R.) 407 (O. R.) 410 (O. R.) 411 (O. R.) 

2800 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

404 (O. R.) 405 (O. R.) 408 (O. R.) 409 (O. R.) 412 (O. R.) 413 (O. R.) 







Per workstation: 


each 




(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 

180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


850 

414 (O. R.) 415 (O. R.) 418 (O. R.) 419 (O. R.) 422 (O. R.) 423 (O. R.) 

2800 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

416 (O. R.) 417 (O. R.) 420 (O. R.) 421 (O. R.) 424 (O. R.) 425 (O. R.) 






per workstation: 




right equipped with 1 door 

height 540 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

540 mm 180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

426 (O. R.) 427 (O. R.) 430 (O. R.) 431 (O. R.) 434 (O. R.) 435 (O. R.) 

2800 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

428 (O. R.) 429 (O. R.) 432 (O. R.) 433 (O. R.) 436 (O. R.) 437 (O. R.) 


968 2011/12





Model 216 V – 2 work stations 


For each work station: 




on the right side equipped with 2 drawer 




(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 50201 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 

90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


850 

438 (O. R.) 439 (O. R.) 442 (O. R.) 443 (O. R.) 446 (O. R.) 447 (O. R.) 

2800 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

440 (O. R.) 441 (O. R.) 444 (O. R.) 445 (O. R.) 448 (O. R.) 449 (O. R.) 



Heavy duty workbenches series VS – drawers with full extension 100% 


Execution: 

•robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 80 x 80 x 3 mm 

•working height of 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), length depending on model 1500 or 2250 mm, depth x thickness 800 x 100 mm, 

load capacity max 100 kg with evenly distributed load 




100 mm 

All drawers with full extension 100% – for easy and comfortable access Solid beech panel 100 mm thick, load capacity max. 4200 kg 



use your mobile phone to scan 

the QR code. 




100 kg per 

drawer 


locking: it is 

possible to open 

one drawer only 

Drawers with 

perforated floors 

and slotted walls 

for individual 

partition 




Door opening 

angle 180° 

Base made of Links for screwing 

square-section on the floor 

steel tubing 

80 x 80 x 3 mm 

Accessories: 



•shelf, solid version or with full extension 100% see No. 50228 900-902 page 975 

•document or tool panel for inner side of the door see No. 50228 904-906 page 975 



On request: 

•working height 865 mm with workbench top panel 65 mm thick (load capacity max. 2500 kg) or panel length 3000 mm 

•perforated sheet metal with 10 mm square holes, optionally with energy units for side wall 

•electronic central lock 



Cylinder lock 

incl. 2 keys 




2011/12 

969





Model 106 VS – drawers with full extension 100% 




height 540 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

540 mm 

Execution Workbench top panel Solid beech (BMP) Solid beech (BMP) 

Colour of coating RAL 7035 / 5010 Other colours 

Working height Plate L x D x S Drawers internal dimensions Carrying capacity 

W x D 

per drawer 

50202 50202 

mm mm mm kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

900 1500 x 800 x 100 500 x 540 100 002 (O. R.) 004 (O. R.) 




Model 205 VS – drawers with full extension 100 % 

left and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 



180 mm 180 mm 


360 mm 360 mm 




W x D 

per drawer 

50202 50202 


900 1500 x 800 x 100 500 x 540 100 006 (O. R.) 008 (O. R.) 





on the left side and on the right side equipped with 1 door 

height 540 mm 

in the centre equipped with 3 drawers 


540 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 540 mm 

180 mm 




W x D 

per drawer 

50202 50202 


900 2250 x 800 x 100 500 x 540 100 050 (O. R.) 052 (O. R.) 


970 2011/12






left, centre and right side equipped with 2 drawers each 



180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 

360 mm 

360 mm 




W x D 

per drawer 

50202 50202 


900 2250 x 800 x 100 500 x 540 100 054 (O. R.) 056 (O. R.) 



Combination workbenches series V – drawers with 100 % full extension 100 % 


Execution: 

•robust, welded sheet steel frame, under-counter cabinet with drawers, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45 x 45 x 2 mm 

•Working height of 850 mm or 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), table top with universal coating (UBP) or table top with zinc sheet 

metal coating (ZBP), length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm depth x thickness 700 x 50 mm, load capacity 800 kg with evenly distributed load 



Note: on request all workbenches are available also with single extension drawer 86 % and load capacity 100 kg. Price on request. 

Optionally available in 3 panel versions: 


Solid beech (BMP) Panel with universal coating (UBP) Panel with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP) All drawers with full extension 100% – for 

easy and comfortable access. 

Massive, can be locked, glued in bars, special Wooden base late with blue-blue, antistatic Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised 

toothing and gluing, therefore extremely 

robust and nearly unlimited service life. 

non-abrasive coating, with circumferential 

2 mm ABS-edge. Resistant short-term steel sheet coating, all around with 

flanged edges and fastened on the lower 

against weak acids and lyes and heat effect side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal 

up to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance 

against greases and oils. 

for working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus 

long-lasting corrosion resistance. 





100 kg per 

drawer 



to open one 

drawer only 








Door opening 

angle 180° 

Base made of 


steel tubing 45 x 

45 x 2 mm 

Accessories: 



•Anti-roll off edging 90 mm high, 14 mm thick made in beech, see No. 50233 405-410 page 987 

•Soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent for protection of the work plate see No. 50233 905-910 page 988 

On request: 




Level compensation 

2keys 


on one foot up to 

max. 20 mm 




2011/12 

971





Model 501 V – table top length 1500 mm 



under-counter cabinet equipped with 2 drawers 



90 mm 

180 mm 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimension 

WxD 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

002 (O. R.) 003 (O. R.) 006 (O. R.) 007 (O. R.) 010 (O. R.) 011 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

004 (O. R.) 005 (O. R.) 008 (O. R.) 009 (O. R.) 012 (O. R.) 013 (O. R.) 

850 

222 (O. R.) 223 (O. R.) 226 (O. R.) 227 (O. R.) 230 (O. R.) 231 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

224 (O. R.) 225 (O. R.) 228 (O. R.) 229 (O. R.) 232 (O. R.) 233 (O. R.) 








under-counter cabinet equipped with 3 drawers 




60 mm 

90 mm 

120 mm 


Solid beech 

(BMP) 

Solid beech 

(BMP) 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimension 

WxD 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

014 (O. R.) 015 (O. R.) 018 (O. R.) 019 (O. R.) 022 (O. R.) 023 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

016 (O. R.) 017 (O. R.) 020 (O. R.) 021 (O. R.) 024 (O. R.) 025 (O. R.) 

850 

234 (O. R.) 235 (O. R.) 238 (O. R.) 239 (O. R.) 242 (O. R.) 243 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

236 (O. R.) 237 (O. R.) 240 (O. R.) 241 (O. R.) 244 (O. R.) 245 (O. R.) 


972 2011/12








under-counter cabinet equipped with 3 

drawers 



90 mm 

90 mm 

360 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimension 

WxD 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

026 (O. R.) 027 (O. R.) 030 (O. R.) 031 (O. R.) 034 (O. R.) 035 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

028 (O. R.) 029 (O. R.) 032 (O. R.) 033 (O. R.) 036 (O. R.) 037 (O. R.) 

850 

246 (O. R.) 247 (O. R.) 250 (O. R.) 251 (O. R.) 254 (O. R.) 255 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

248 (O. R.) 249 (O. R.) 252 (O. R.) 253 (O. R.) 256 (O. R.) 257 (O. R.) 









drawers 


180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimension 

WxD 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

038 (O. R.) 039 (O. R.) 042 (O. R.) 043 (O. R.) 046 (O. R.) 047 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

040 (O. R.) 041 (O. R.) 044 (O. R.) 045 (O. R.) 048 (O. R.) 049 (O. R.) 

850 

258 (O. R.) 259 (O. R.) 262 (O. R.) 263 (O. R.) 266 (O. R.) 267 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

260 (O. R.) 261 (O. R.) 264 (O. R.) 265 (O. R.) 268 (O. R.) 269 (O. R.) 


2011/12 

973









drawers 




60 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

150 mm 

150 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 50203 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimension 

WxD 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

050 (O. R.) 051 (O. R.) 054 (O. R.) 055 (O. R.) 058 (O. R.) 059 (O. R.) 

1500 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

052 (O. R.) 053 (O. R.) 056 (O. R.) 057 (O. R.) 060 (O. R.) 061 (O. R.) 

850 

270 (O. R.) 271 (O. R.) 274 (O. R.) 275 (O. R.) 278 (O. R.) 279 (O. R.) 

2000 x 700 

500 x 540 100 

900 x50 

272 (O. R.) 273 (O. R.) 276 (O. R.) 277 (O. R.) 280 (O. R.) 281 (O. R.) 




Drawer insert material for Workbenches series V and VS 

for individual drawer division 

Compartment insert made of plastic 


Trough insert 5-troughs 

made of plastic with 10 dividers 


Rubber ribbed mat 


AQURADO set 1 with 

textured mat and boxes 

24 mm high (without tools) 


AQURADO set 2 with 


48 mm high (without tools) 


For drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 500 x 540 

50228 Anti-slip mat Ident. No. 002 


50228 Compartment insert made of plastic 


from front height 90 mm 


50228 Trough insert made of plastic 5-troughs with 10 dividers from front height 90 mm Ident. No. 032 


50228 Trough insert made of plastic 6-troughs with 10 dividers from front height 90 mm Ident. No. 040 


50228 Rubber ribbed mat, black, oil resistant Ident. No. 075 


50228 AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes 24 mm high Ident. No. 082 


50228 AQURADO set with textured mats and boxes 48 mm high Ident. No. 086 


h Two-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. 




974 2011/12




Drawer insert material for benches series V and VS 

Compartment dividers and compartment rails made of steel sheet 

1 

/ 2 division 1 



/ 2- 1 / 4 division 

Graduation 1 

/ 2 1 

/ 3 1 

/ 4 1 

/ 2- 1 / 4 

50228 For front height 60 mm Ident. No. 724 749 774 799 


50228 For front height 90-120 mm Ident. No. 725 750 775 800 






hTwo-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 502 


Accessories for ANKE workbenches series V and VS 

Ident. No. 900 Shelf fixed, galvanised, height-adjustable every 30 mm, carrying load 100 kg with evenly distributed load 

Ident. No. 902 Shelf with full extension 100%, galvanised, height-adjustable every 30 mm, carrying load 100 kg with evenly distributed load 

Ident. No. 904 Document panel to be inserted into the inner side of the door, to keep documents etc. with 10-mm square holes, 38 mm axis distance, to take 

RasterPlan supporting elements and tool holders 

Ident. No. 906 Document panel (consisting of 2 elements) to be inserted into the inner side of the door, with 10-mm square holes, 38 mm axis distance, to 

take RasterPlan supporting elements and tool holders 

Ident. No. 908 Perforated sheet metal for side wall, to be inserted into the foot frame, with 10-mm square holes, 38 mm axis distance, to take RasterPlan 

supporting elements and tool holders 

Painting:Document panel, tool panel and perforated sheet metal RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated 


Shelf, solid version Ident. No. 900 

or with full extension 100% Ident. No. 902 

Document panel for inner side of the door Ident. Nr. 904 Workbench panel for the inner side of the door, Ident. No. 906 

Perforated sheet metal for side wall Ident. No. 908 Perforated sheet metal with energy units – price on request 

electronic central lock – Price on request 

(for series V only, please inquire for series VS) 

Version Shelf fixed shelf, full extension 100% Document panel Workbench panel Perforated sheet metal for side 

wall 

Number 

Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

50228 900 (O. R.) 902 (O. R.) 904 (O. R.) 906 (O. R.) 908 (O. R.) 

h RasterPlan support element/tool hooks see No. 50638 300-651 page 939 Prod. Gr. 502 

2011/12 

975




Drawer under worktop for ANKE work benches series V and VS 

for panel length 1500 mm 

Extra wide drawers for all ANKE workbenches series V and VS with a panel length of 1500 mm, permanently installed in the foot space of the workbench. 

Execution: width x depth 1230 x 540 mm, partial extension approx. 86%, load-bearing capacity 100 kg evenly distributed load. 

Tips for ordering: Please order the drawers with the selected ANKE workbench. The drawers can not be retrofitted to existing workbenches. 

Ident. No. 50204 Ident. No. 420 and 422 

For version with working height of 850 mm: 

Drawers with front height of 120 mm 

Advantage: The drawer also includes additional 

stowage area for large, bulky tools and parts. 

Carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load. 

Foot space freedom for comfortably standing 

at the workbench 

Ident. No. 50204 Ident. No. 424 and 426 

For the version with working height of 900 mm: 

Drawer with front height of 150 mm 

For workbench working height mm 850 900 

Drawers of front height mm 120 150 

Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 1230 x 540 1230 x 540 


50204 RAL 5010 Ident. No. 420 424 


50204 Other colours Ident. No. 422 426 


Prod. Gr. 502 


976 2011/12




3Workbenches series VX 1500/2000 – XXL drawers with full extension 100% 


Execution: 

•robust, welded sheet steel frame, support frame made of square-section steel tubing 45x45x2 mm, carrying capacity 1500 kg for evenly distributed load 

•working height of 850 mm or 900 mm, workbench top panel made of solid beech (BMP), table top with universal coating (UBP) or table top with zinc sheet 

metal coating (ZBP), length depending on model 1500 or 2000 mm depth x thickness 800 x 50 mm 



XXL drawers with full extension – ideal for the storage of long and big tools. 

Example with diverse measuring instruments in an individual hard foam insert 

Optionally available in 3 panel versions: 

Ideal to store tool cases and/or bulky parts 


use your mobile phone to scan the QR code. 

Solid beech (BMP) Panel with universal coating (UBP) Panel with zinc sheet metal coating (ZBP) 

Massive, can be locked, glued in bars, special toothing and 

gluing, therefore extremely robust and nearly unlimited 

Wooden base late with blue-blue, antistatic non-abrasive 

coating, with circumferential 2 mm ABS-edge. Resistant 

Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised steel 

sheet coating, all around with flanged edges and fastened on 

service life. 

short-term against weak acids and lyes and heat effect up to the lower side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal for 

approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance against greases and working with oil. Hot galvanised, thus long-lasting corrosion 

oils. 

resistance. 





100 kg per drawer 



to open one 

drawer only 








Accessories: 

•suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions see No. 50206 page 980, series VX 



On request: 

•perforated sheet metal with 10 mm square holes, optionally with energy units for side wall 




Base made of 


steel tubing 

45 x 45 x 2 mm 

Level compensation 

on one foot up to 

max. 20 mm 


2keys 





2011/12 

977




Workbenches series VX – XXL drawers with full extension 100% 

Model 16 VX 

XXL-drawers with full extension 100% 

equipped with 3 drawers 



90 mm 

90 mm 

360 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity per 

drawer 


850 

240 (O. R.) 241 (O. R.) 244 (O. R.) 245 (O. R.) 248 (O. R.) 249 (O. R.) 

1500 x 800 

1200 x 600 100 

900 x50 

242 (O. R.) 243 (O. R.) 246 (O. R.) 247 (O. R.) 250 (O. R.) 251 (O. R.) 




Model 31 VX 









(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity per 

drawer 


850 

252 (O. R.) 253 (O. R.) 256 (O. R.) 257 (O. R.) 260 (O. R.) 261 (O. R.) 

1500 x 800 

1200 x 600 100 

900 x50 

254 (O. R.) 255 (O. R.) 258 (O. R.) 259 (O. R.) 262 (O. R.) 263 (O. R.) 

90 mm 

120 mm 

150 mm 

180 mm 




Model 29 VX 






60 mm 

60 mm 

120 mm 

120 mm 

180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity per 

drawer 


850 

264 (O. R.) 265 (O. R.) 268 (O. R.) 269 (O. R.) 272 (O. R.) 273 (O. R.) 

1500 x 800 

1200 x 600 100 

900 x50 

266 (O. R.) 267 (O. R.) 270 (O. R.) 271 (O. R.) 274 (O. R.) 275 (O. R.) 


978 2011/12




Workbenches series VX – XL drawers with full extension 100% 

Model 205 VX 

XL drawers with full extension 100 % 


each 



180 mm 

360 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity 

per 

drawer 


850 

276 (O. R.) 277 (O. R.) 280 (O. R.) 281 (O. R.) 284 (O. R.) 285 (O. R.) 

2000 x 800 

750 x 600 100 

900 x50 

278 (O. R.) 279 (O. R.) 282 (O. R.) 283 (O. R.) 286 (O. R.) 287 (O. R.) 




Model 216 VX 

XL-drawers with full extension 100 % 




right equipped with 2 drawers 




(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity per 

drawer 

90 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

360 mm 


850 

288 (O. R.) 289 (O. R.) 292 (O. R.) 293 (O. R.) 296 (O. R.) 297 (O. R.) 

2000 x 800 

750 x 600 100 

900 x50 

290 (O. R.) 291 (O. R.) 294 (O. R.) 295 (O. R.) 298 (O. R.) 299 (O. R.) 





Model 108 VX 

XL drawers with full extension 100% 



180 mm 180 mm 

180 mm 180 mm 

180 mm 180 mm 


(UBP) 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity per 

drawer 


850 

300 (O. R.) 301 (O. R.) 304 (O. R.) 305 (O. R.) 308 (O. R.) 309 (O. R.) 

2000 x 800 

750 x 600 100 

900 x50 

302 (O. R.) 303 (O. R.) 306 (O. R.) 307 (O. R.) 310 (O. R.) 311 (O. R.) 


2011/12 

979





Model 141 VX 

XL-drawers with full extension 100% 












210 mm 


(UBP) 

210 mm 


(UBP) 






Working Plate 


50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 50206 

Drawers - 

internal 

dimensions 

W x D 

Carrying 

capacity per 

drawer 

60 mm 60 mm 

120 mm 90 mm 

150 mm 180 mm 


850 

312 (O. R.) 313 (O. R.) 316 (O. R.) 317 (O. R.) 320 (O. R.) 321 (O. R.) 

2000 x 800 

750 x 600 100 

900 x50 

314 (O. R.) 315 (O. R.) 318 (O. R.) 319 (O. R.) 322 (O. R.) 323 (O. R.) 



Drawer insert material for benches series VX 

for individual drawer division, compartment dividers and compartment rails made of steel sheet 


1/3 division for 750 x 600 mm 1/5 division for 750 x 600 mm 1/4 dividing for 1200 x 600 mm 1/8 dividing for 1200 x 600 mm 


Version 1/3 - pitch 1/5 - pitch 1/4 - pitch 1/8 - pitch 









50206 anti-skid mat Ident. No. 992 995 




Energy strips for workbenches 

Execution: housing made of sheet steel, height 160 mm, depth 80 mm, length 750 - 4000 mm. 

For installation with different fittings according to figure. 

1 Illuminated On/Off switch 2-pin 

2 Shock-proof plug with cover 2-pin + E 10/16 A 230 V 

3 CEE-plug 16 A 380 V 5-pin 

4 Safety cut-out 1-pin L 16 A 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

8 Emergency stop button with key 

9 Emergency stop button without key 

10 Pole terminal 4 mm red 

11 Pole terminal 4 mm black 

12 Earthing sleeve yellow/green 4 mm 

13 Quick-action coupling for compressed air 

5 Safety cut-out 3-pin G 16 A 

8 9 10 11 12 13 

6 Screw locking element Neozed 3-pin without safety fuse 

7 Residual current operated device 25 A 30 mA 220/380 V 

h Individual fitting of energy strips on request. 


980 2011/12




Workbenches series WGS 

with sub-base cabinets, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

The elements of these workbench series are coordinated in such a way that a variety of models can be put together using only a few components. The interchange 

ability of individual parts within the system is thus possible. 


700 

600 

450 

Workbench top panel solid 

beech, 50 mm thick 

Drawers with individual Drawers with perforated 

drawer lock, fitted with floors and slotted walls, 

aluminium grip strips, paper carrying capacity 70/100 kg 

and cellone strips 

per drawer 

Door opening angle 180° 

Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue. 


DOM lock system, central 

locking, incl. 2 keys 

Base made of square-section 

steel tubing 40x40x2 mm, 

with level compensation 




1 

2 

1 Central lock for drawers 

2 Workbench top panel solid beech, 50 mm thick 

3 Grip strips made of aluminium with labels and cellone strips 

4 Base made of square-section steel tubing 40 x 40 x 2 mm with 

connecting brace 

5 Bowl-type lock for doors 

3 

710 

800 

850 

4 

5 



570 

680 

Workbenches with subbase cabinet 

Model WGK 5, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 


drawers with optional Soft-Close-Automatic. 

Version with 

5 drawers 

Plate L x D x S mm 1500 x 700 x 50 1500 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 2000 x 700 x 50 

Working height mm 850 850 850 850 

Drawers of front height mm 90/120/150/ 

2 x 180 

90/120/150/ 

2 x 180 

90/120/150/ 

2 x 180 

90/120/150/ 

2x180 

Drawers - internal dimension W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension 

Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 005 007 105 107 




Drawers with full extension 100% 


h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, No. 50500-50540 page 1063 


Prod. Gr. 501 



Model WGK 6, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

Version with 

6 drawers 



Drawers of front height mm 2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2 x 150 

2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2 x 150 

2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2 x 150 

2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2x150 




kg 100 70 100 70 

per drawer 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 015 017 115 117 






Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

981


Base cabinets 



model WGK 8, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

Version with 

8 drawers 




2 x 120 

2x60/4x90/ 

2x120 

2 x 60/4 x 90/ 

2x120 

2x60/4x90/ 

2x120 

Drawers - internal dimension mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

W x D 


Carrying capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 025 027 125 127 






Prod. Gr. 501 





model WGK 6/1, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

With integrated parallel vice, jaw width 100 mm, colour blue and height adjuster, foldable, colour blue. 

Version with 

6 drawers, vice, height adjusting unit 




2 x 150 

2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2x150 

2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2x150 

2 x 90/2 x 120/ 

2x150 




kg 100 70 100 70 

per drawer 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 035 037 135 137 





Description under-counter cabinet with vice and height adjustment unit see 

No. 50212 page 985 



model WGK4, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

Prod. Gr. 501 

Version with 

4 drawers and 1 doors height 360 mm 



Drawers of front height mm 60/2 x 90/120 60/2 x 90/120 60/2 x 90/120 60/2 x 90/120 




kg 100 70 100 70 

per drawer 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 055 057 155 157 






Prod. Gr. 501 


Support frames 

Execution: made of steel, for workbench combinations with undercounter cabinets. 

Square-section steel tubing 40 x 40 x 2 mm with connecting brace and level compensation on feet. 

Colour of coating: RAL 6011, reseda green or RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated. 

Other colours available at no extra cost see No. 50211 page 981. 

Height x Depth mm 850 x 680 800 x 680 710 x 680** 

50232 RAL 6011 Ident. No. 300 310 315 


50232 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 317 320 325 




** Only for under-counter cabinets No. 50212 (for seated work). Prod. Gr. 503 

982 2011/12




Subbase cabinets models GS, GK, GT 

Drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

Design and series configuration of the cabinets see description HK workbenches series WGS page 981 (without workbench top panel, pedestal) 

Overall dimensions: Height 800 mm, width 570 mm, depth 680 mm. 

Drawers: with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 

100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load. Clear width x depth 450 x 600 mm, storage area = 0.27 m². 

Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 

Other colours available at no extra cost, see page 981. 

FH = front height, BH = box height 

FH KH FH KH FH KH FH KH 

Model GS 5 Model GS 6 Model GS 8 Model GS 10 

FH KH FH KH FH KH 

Model GK 1 

with 1 height-adjustable 

shelf behind the doors 

Model GK 2 


shelf behind the doors 

Model GK 4 Model GT 2 


shelves behind the doors 

Model GS 5 GS 6 GS 8 GS 10 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 

Drawers - internal dimension mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

W x D 

Drawer extension 

Partial 

extension 

Full 

extension 

Partial 

extension 

Full 

extension 

Partial 

extension 

Full 

extension 

Partial 

extension 

Full 

extension 

Load capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 100 70 100 70 

50212 RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. 200 202 210 212 220 222 230 232 


50212 Other colours Ident. No. 205 207 215 217 225 227 235 237 


Model GK 1 GK 2 GK 4 GT 2 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 800 x 570 x 680 

Drawers - internal dimension mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 – 

W x D 

Drawer extension 

Partial Full Partial Full Partial Full 

– 

extension extension extension extension extension extension 

Load capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 100 70 – 

50212 RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. 240 242 250 252 261 262 270 


50212 Other colours Ident. No. 245 247 255 257 266 267 275 




Workbench top panel to combine complete workbenches see No. 50233 page 987, support frames see No. 50232 page 982. 

Prod. Gr. 501 


Base 

for subbase cabinets models GS, GK, GT 

Execution: sturdy sheet steel frame, is screwed under the cabinet 

Application: for increase of the working height of under-counter cabinet 

Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder coated. On request available also in other painting. For available colours 

without extra price see no. 50211 page 981 


50211 Ident. No. 390 


Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

983




Subbase cabinets model KS, KK 

for seated work, drawers optionally with partial of full extension 


Overall dimensions: height 710 mm, width 570 mm, depth 680 mm 


100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load. Clear width x depth 450 x 600 mm, storage area = 0.27 m² 




Model KS 6 Model KS 8 Model KK 3 Product video: 



Model KS 6 KS 8 KK 3 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 710 x 570 x 680 

Drawers - internal dimension W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension 

Load capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 100 70 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 400 402 410 412 430 432 


50212 Other colours Ident. No. 405 407 415 417 435 437 



h Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, 50500-50540 page 1063. 

Workbench top panel see No. 50233 page 987. 


Drawer blocks Model G 

drawers optionally with partial of full extension 

Prod. Gr. 501 


Overall dimensions: Height 410 mm, width 570 mm, depth 680 mm. 


100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load. Clear width x depth 450 x 600 mm. 




Model G 2 Model G 3 Model G 4 Product video: 



Model G 2 G 3 G 4 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 410 x 570 x 680 

Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension 


50211 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 500 502 510 512 520 522 




h Sub-base cabinets see No. 50212 page 983, workbench tops see No. 50233 page 987 

Drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985, 50500-50540 page 1063 

Prod. Gr. 501 

984 2011/12




Assortment of inserts for drawers 

for HK built-in sub-base cabinet system and drawer blocks 

Range of inserts for individual drawers to create tailor-made cabinet configurations. 

1 Trough plates 2 Containers 3 Spare boxes 4 Compartment divisions 

5 Anti-slip mat 6 Rubber ribbed mat 7AQURADO set with 

textured mats and 

10 boxes (without tools) 

8AQURADO set with 

textured mats and 

7 boxes (without tools) 

set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 From 100 From 40 From 40 From 40 From 40 

50485 Ident. No. 060 090 095 100 110 120 130 200 210 250 260 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 680 page 1068. 

Two-coloured hard foam inserts suitable for our tool program, individually designed, 18 or 31 mm in height available on request. 





Subbase cabinet with vice and height adjusting unit (folding) 


Execution: with incorporated a parallel vice, jaw width 100 mm, fold-out HEUER height adjusting unit and door. 

•vice after loosening 2 knurled screws foldable under the workbench. 

•height adjusting unit allows continuous height adjustment of the vice through gas pressure springs and can be folded up weightlessly 

•stop securely using clamp lever and fix in any position 

Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 



50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 650 


Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

985




Subbase cabinets with power supply 

Made from sheet steel 

Application: for direct power supply at the workplace 

Execution: 

•Cabinet housing made of sheet steel, fitted in the upper area with various electrical components like 

shock-proof sockets with removable lid 230 V, CEE sockets with removable lid 400 V / 16 A, compressed 

air connection 3 /8", on/off switch, emergency stop switch 

•Optionally, the cabinet in the lower area can also be fitted with an automated hose winder Ident. No. 780 

incl. 8 m hose DN 08, max. 10 bar or with an automated cable winder Ident. No. 790 incl. 10 m cable. 

The winders are fastened in the cabinet. 

•All components not wired. For the energy supply, 4 x PG 25 threaded connections have been mounted on 

the cabinet rear. 

Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 

Accessory: Ident. No. 770 Base made of sheet steel, for increase of the under-counter cabinet by 50 mm. 

Tips for ordering: the price for the hose winder Ident. No. 780 and the cable winder Ident. No. 790 are 

understood as an extra price. 

Example as complete workbench 

Ident. No. 710 Ident. No. 720 Ident. No. 730 Ident. No. 740 Ident. No. 750 


2 Shock-proof sockets 

with removable lid 230 V, 

compressed air connection 

3 / 8" 



CEE socket 400V/16A, 


3 /8" 



CEE socket 400 V/16 A, 


3 /8", on/off switch 



CEE socket 400V/16A, 


3 /8", emergency stop 

switch 



CEE socket 400 V/16 A, 


3 /8", on/off switch, 

emergency stop switch 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 800 x 280 x 600 

50212 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 710 720 730 740 750 




50212 Base 50 mm, 

RAL 7035 



50212 Also with hose winder Ident. No. 780 


50212 additional with 

cable winder 



Prod. Gr. 501 

986 2011/12


Workbench top panels and work plates 


Workbench top panels, 50 mm strong 

with different surfaces 

Available in one piece up to a length of 4200 mm! 

A WORKBENCH IS ONLY AS GOOD AS ITS TOP PANEL 

The quality of the ANKE workbench top panels ensures a long service life. Specially selected beech wood 

is cut into bars and cured for use in drying chambers. Bar by bar, it is then specially indented, glued, sanded 

and oiled. 

No. 50233 010-045 Workbench top panels, solid beech. 

Air dried red beech bars, also treated in drying equipment, provided with a toothed profile on 

the side. The gluing surface thereby increased by 60 % gives the panel the greatest possible 

stability. Sanded and oiled, these are a top quality product. 

No. 50233 340-344 Universal panels (UBP), with 2 mm ABS-edge on the circumference 

Grey-blue, antistatic, abrasion-resistant coating. Resistant short-term against weak acids and 

lyes and heat effect up to approx. 250 °C. Long-term resistance against grease and oils. 

No. 50233 350-354 Plastic-coated panels (KSP), with 2 mm ABS-edge on the circumference 

Top side with light grey plastic coating easy to care. Short-term heat resistant up to 180 °C. 

Resistant against organic solvents, weak acids and lyes and benzene and oil. 

No. 50233 360-364 Zinc sheet metal coating plates (ZBP) 

Wooden base plate with 1.5 mm thick, galvanised steel sheet coating, all around with flanged 

edges and fastened on the lower side. The edges are welded and ground. Ideal for working with 

oil. Hot galvanised, thus long-lasting corrosion resistance. 

No. 50233400-420 Anti-roll off edging made in beech, height 90 mm, thickness 14 mm. 

Depth x thickness mm 700 x 50 800 x 50 

Worktop panel length mm 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 4050 1500 2000 

50233 Workbench table top Ident. No. 010 015 020 025 030 036 040 045 

solid beech 


Ident. No. 010-045, Toothing on the panel 

Ident. No. 340-344, Universal coat 

50233 Universal panel (UBP) Ident. No. 340 342 344 – – – – – 

grey-blue 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – – – – – 

Ident. No. 350-354, plastic layer 

50233 Plastic coated panel (KSP) Ident. No. 350 352 354 – – – – – 

light grey 


50233 Zinc sheet metal panel Ident. No. 360 362 364 – – – – – 

(ZBP) 


50233 Anti-roll-off strip, beech Ident. No. 400 405 410 415 420 – 405 410 

90 mm high 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – (O. R.) (O. R.) 

h Available on request at extra cost: 

Workbench top panel with edge protection consisting of iron angle section 50 x 50 x 3 mm for 

the front or for all 3 sides. 

Workbench top panel equipped with iron sheet V2A 

Further information, advice and quotations available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 502 

Ident. No. 360 -364, zinc sheet metal coating 



Workbench top panels multiplex beech, 40 mm thick 

Execution: 

•high quality beech veneer layers, multi-layer, glued waterproof 

•polished and UV painted surface 

•largely oil and grease resistant, semi-resistant against acids and solvents 

•longitudinal edges chamfered 

Depth x thickness mm 700 x 40 

Worktop panel length mm 1500 2000 

50233 Ident. No. 515 520 


h Additional dimensions and special manufacture available on request. 

Panel length up to max. 2500 mm, depth up to max. 1700 mm available. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

987


System workstations 


Soft soldering and brazing fittings, transparent 

Application: protects the work area of tables, workbenches or tool cabinets against contamination and 

damage. 

Execution: 

•cadmium- and silicon free 

•fitting height: 3 mm 

Width * mm 700 750 800 

Length mm 1500 2000 1500 2000 1500 2000 

50233 Ident. No. 905 910 915 920 928 930 


* = Depth gauge for workbench top panel 

h Rolls with 20m available on request. 

Prod. Gr. 504 



UNISTAHL work station system and individual table mountings 

Workplace ergonomics–a man/labour relationship 

An essential aspect of a modern workstation system is compliance with basic ergonomic and economic principles. 

The ergonomic design of workstations and optimisation of work processes are the strengths of our workplace system. 

With its flexibility, modularity and design, it sets the standard for modern workstation design in production, development, initial and advanced training through 

to wheelchair accessible therapy and training for disabled persons. 

We will happily support you in the resolution of your requests and provide you with analysis, planning, optimisation of work processes and 3-D plant planning. 

Practical examples: 

UNISTAHL Workstation system 

Individual table mountings 

h Technical details and design options of the UNISTAHL workstation system and the individual table mountings can be found in a separate catalogue which will be provided free 

of charge on request. 

Benefit from our extensive experience in the field of operating tools. Contact us. 


988 2011/12


Group workbenches 


Group workbench 

with extra narrow subbase cabinets 

Wide ranging combination and equipment possibilities according to the particular requirements of the 

workshop. Saves space and provides an easy overview. HK workbenches permit specific task-oriented 

design of the workstations and optimised working processes. 

To help you to find a suitable group workbench – based on our many years of experience – we have 

designed two standard group workbenches. 

Execution: 

•Workbench top panel 6-corner: Edge length 1350 mm and 50 mm thick. Consisting of 2 workbench top 

panels made of solid beech, assembled from glued bars, toothed, sanded and neutral varnished. Joined 

with groove and tongue system and tensioning elements. 

•6 HK subbase cabinets made of sheet steel, drawers run on Delrin rollers in guide rails, carrying capacity 

100 kg per drawer, partially extendable about 80%, integrated drawer extension safety, with 6 screens 

between the under counter cabinets. 



Overall height of workbench mm 850 

Small cabinet H x W x D mm 800 x 422 x 680 

Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 300 x 600 

Drawer front height mm 1x60 / 2x90 / 1x120 

Hinged doors H x W mm 360 x 350 

Shelves, height adjustable W x D mm 340 x 600 

Weight kg 532 

50236 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 


without energy and without vice jaw 


50236 other colours 

without energy and without vice jaw 



3 4 5 6 

1 2 1 2 1 

Version displayed with power crown 

and vices 

1 under-counter cabinets 2 screens 

3 ANKE workbench top panel 

4 6-corner ring channel can be used as energy panel, alternately 

wooden panel 

5 installed parts 6 cover panel 

1350 

2700 

Prod. Gr. 501 

2340 


Group workbench 

with wide subbase cabinets 

Execution: 

•Workbench top panel 6-corner: Edge length 1350 mm and 50 mm thick. Consisting of 2 workbench top 

panels made of solid beech, assembled from glued bars, toothed, sanded and neutral varnished. Joined 

with groove and tongue system and tensioning elements. 

•6 ANKE subbase cabinets made of sheet steel, cylinder locks with 2 keys each and central locking, rollerbearing-mounted 

drawers with slotted walls and perforated floor, carrying capacity 100 kg, with 

6 screens between the subbase cabinets. 



Overall height of workbench mm 850 

Substructure H x W x D mm 800 x 630 x 615 


Drawer front height mm 2 x 90 

Hinged doors H x W mm 540 x 535 

Weight kg 570 

50236 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 without energy Ident. No. 130 


50236 other colours without energy Ident. No. 140 


Version displayed 

with energy panel 


h Insert material for drawers see No. 50228 002-805, page 974. 

Other combinations and executions on request. 


Prod. Gr. 502 


Energy panel add-ons 

made of steel sheet metal, for multi-station workbenches 

Ident. No. 210 non-fitted, 6-corner cover panel, edge length 500mm, 30mm thick, veneered beech with 

hard wood edging. 

Ident. No. 225 each workstation equipped with 1 earthed connector with cover, 2 pin + E 10/16 A 230 V, 

1 CEE connector socket 380 V unwired and a compressed air connection. 

Version without accessories with accessories 

50236 other colours* Ident. No. 210 225 


* When ordering please quote the complete Part No. and the desired RAL colour. 

h Other installed parts, including ready-wired, on request. 

Prod. Gr. 502 

2011/12 

989


Assembly and workbench trolleys 




Assembly trolleys 


Execution: 

•welded steel sheet metal construction, with 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels Ø 300 mm and 2 steering wheels Ø 200 mm lockable, tilting steel 

tubing handle, on top stacker pan equipped with a rubber ribbed mat, total load capacity of the carriage 900 kg 

•drawers with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with 

partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load 

•DOM lock system, central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Ident. No. 180-187 with 4 drawers, front heights 60/60/90/120 mm 

Ident. No. 190-197 with 5 drawers, front heights 60/60/60/60/90 mm 

Accessories: 

No. 51028 Ident. No. 001 a parallel vice, jaw width 100 mm, can be fixed on the upper frame of 

the carriage (holder plate on the frame is provided for), page 1084. 


Other colours available at no extra cost see below. 

Version with 4 drawers 5 drawers 

Height up to vice base plate mm 930 930 930 930 

Height up to roll off edge (wagon) mm 800 800 800 800 

Wagon width x depth mm 570 x 680 570 x 680 570 x 680 570 x 680 

Drawers of front height mm 60/60/90/120 60/60/90/120 60/60/60/60/90 60/60/60/60/90 

Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 


Load capacity per drawer kg 100 70 100 70 

50282 RAL 7035/ RAL Ident. No. 180 182 190 192 

5010 (without vice) 


50282 Other colours 

(without vice) 

Ident. No. 185 187 195 197 


50282 Spare fixed wheels, Ident. No. 200 

Ø300mm 


50282 Spare steering Ident. No. 210 

wheels with locks, 

Ø200mm 


h Suitable drawer insert material see No. 50485 page 985. Prod. Gr. 501 

Roll container 


Ident. No.180/182 

(Supplied without vice) 



Execution: 

•welded steel sheet metal construction, equipped with 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 100 mm adjustable, shelves/ 

stacker pans equipped with a rubber ribbed mat, total load capacity of the carriage 300 kg 

•drawers with installed drawer locking, only one drawer can be opened, optionally with partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 

100%, load capacity 70 kg per drawer with evenly distributed load 


The roll container can be pushed under workbenches with a clearance of 800 mm. 

Ident. No. 200-205 with adjustable shelf, load capacity per shelf 100 kg 

Ident. No. 210-217 with 3 drawers, front heights 90/120/120 mm 

Ident. No. 220-227 with 4 drawers, front heights 60/120/180/180 mm 

Ident. No. 230-237 with 5 drawers, front heights 60/90/120/120/150 mm 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, Front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Other colours available at no extra cost see below. 

Ident. No. 200 Ident. No. 210/212 Ident. No. 220/222 Ident. No. 230/232 

Version with 1 shelf 3 drawers 4 drawers 5 drawers 


Drawers of front height mm – 90/120/120 90/120/120 60/120/180/180 60/120/180/180 60/90/120/120/ 

150 

60/90/120/120/ 

150 

Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

Drawer extension – Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension 

Carrying capacity per drawer mm – 100 70 100 70 100 70 

50284 RAL 7035/RAL 5010 Ident. No. 200 210 212 220 222 230 232 


50284 Other colours Ident. No. 205 215 217 225 227 235 237 



video: 

Product 

990 2011/12




RAL colours for HK assembly wagon, roll container and workbench wagon 

Standard paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey with fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue. 





h Other RAL colours available on request. 


Workshop table trolley 


Execution: 

•welded steel sheet metal construction, equipped with a work bench top panel made of solid beech, 40 

mm thick, 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 200 mm adjustable, 

total load capacity of the carriage 800 kg 


partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per 

drawer with evenly distributed load 


Ident. No. 200-205 without drawers 

Ident. No. 210-217 left 1 drawer each, front heights 60/90/150/180 mm, on the right open 

Ident. No. 220-227 left - 1 drawer with each of the front heights 60/90/150/180 mm, 

right - 1 drawer with each of the front heights 60/90/120/210 mm 

Ident. No. 232-238 left 1 drawer each, front heights 60/90/150/180 mm, 

on the right one door, height 480 mm, behind 1 shelf, height-adjustable. Bowl handle 

doors, can be locked separately, incl. 2 keys 



Ident. No. 220/222 


Ident. No. 232/234 

Ident. No. 200 Ident. No. 210/212 



Version without drawers 4 drawers 8 drawers 4 drawers and 1 door 


Drawers of front height mm – 60/90/150/180 60/90/150/180 2 x 60/2 x 90/ 2x60/2x90/ 60/90/150/180 60/90/150/180 

120/150/180/ 

210 

120/150/180/ 

210 

Drawers - internal dimensions W mm – 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 450 x 600 

x D 

Drawer extension – Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension Partial extension Full extension 

Load capacity per drawer kg – 100 70 100 70 100 70 

50285 RAL 7035 / RAL Ident. No. 200 210 212 220 222 232 234 

5010 


50285 other colours Ident. No. 205 215 217 225 227 236 238 


h Suitable drawer insert material see No. 50485page 985. Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

991




Workshop table trolley 

movable and lowerable, drawers with partial or full extension as preferred 

Execution: 

•welded steel sheet metal construction, equipped with a work bench top panel made of solid beech, 40 

mm thick, 4 rubber-tyred wheels, thereof 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 160 mm adjustable, 

total load capacity of the carriage 1000 kg 


partial extension approx. 80%, load capacity 100 kg or full extension 100%, load capacity 70 kg per 

drawer with evenly distributed load 

•with integrated lowering device, by turning over the lever on the face side of the workbench the latter can 

be lifted and lowered, in lowered state it is absolutely tilt-proof. 

•DOM lock system, each side can be centrally locked with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Features: left and right 1 drawer each, front heights 60/90/150/180 mm 



Version 

8 drawers 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 850 x 1660 x 700 850 x 1660 x 700 

Drawers of front height mm 2 x 60/2 x 90/2 x 150/2 x 180 2 x 60/2 x 90/2 x 150/2 x 180 


Drawer extension Partial extension Full extension 


50285 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 240 242 


50285 other colours Ident. No. 245 247 







Workbench Model 1502 on wheels 


Application: the mobile workstation with versatile uses. 

Design: drawers can be divided separately with single lock, lockable by locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 

keys. Heavy duty chassis with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels for firm standing. Strong workbench top panel 

multiplex beech, 25 mm thick. 6 drawers with full extension, with smooth-running ball-bearing guide ways 

and with freely accessible shelves for bulky items. 

Load capacity: in stationary use 700 kg, in mobile use 500 kg. 

Scope of delivery: the basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 diagonal dividers and 2 spacing 

boxes 1500 ED-70 K for the drawers. 

Worktop size Length x Width x Thickness mm 950 x 550 x 25 

Workbench height mm 870 

Drawers of front height mm 5 x 79/1 x 180 

Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth mm 480 x 400 

Weight kg 78 

50271 Ident. No. 012 


Prod. Gr. 530 

992 2011/12




Workbench Model 1504 on wheels 



Execution: with ergonomic working height of 985 mm. 30 mm-thick beech laminated multiplex wood 

panel. Drawers with full extension, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load, for Ident. No. 038 

lowest drawer with carrying capacity 60 kg for evenly distributed load. 

Easy and precise motion with ball bearing guide. Large locking side section with stowage drawer. Heavy 

duty chassis, roller bearing mounted with 2 steering wheels each Ø 125 mm with complete lock and fixed 

wheels Ø 200 mm. Carrying capacity in stationary use 700 kg, in mobile use 500 kg. 

Ident. No. 030 with 7 drawers (5x height 67 mm, 1x height 137 mm, 1x height 207 mm), lockable by central 

locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys 

Ident. No. 032 with 8 drawers (7x height 67 mm, 1x height 207 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder 

lock incl. 2 keys 

Ident. No. 034 with 9 drawers (8x height 67 mm, 1x height 137 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder 

lock incl. 2 keys 

Ident. No. 038 with 7 drawers (1x height x width 67x1055 mm, 4x height 67 mm, 1x height 137 mm, 1x 

height 207 mm), lockable by central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys 

Scope of delivery: the basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 diagonal dividers and 2 spacing 

boxes 1500 ED-70 K for the drawers. 

Model 1504 0511 1504 0701 1504 0810 1504 XL 

Worktop size Length x mm 1100 x 550 x 30 1100 x 550 x 30 1100 x 550 x 30 1250 x 550 x 30 

Width x Thickness 

Workbench height mm 985 985 985 985 


1 x 207 

7 x 67/1 x 207 8 x 67/1 x 137 5 x 67/1 x 137/ 

1 x 207 

Drawers - internal 

dimensions width x 

mm 480 x 400 480 x 400 480 x 400 640 x 400 / 

1055 x 400 

depth 

Weight kg 100 99 106 120 

50271 Ident. No. 030 032 034 038 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 



h Other drawer combinations on request. Prod. Gr. 530 


Workbench Model BR 1504 LH on wheels with lowerable rear wall 



Execution: similar to wheeled workbench 1504 No. 50271 030 page 993, but with attachable rear tool wall that can be raised automatically with 2 gas pressure 

springs. The completely fitted wall is easy to lower. 

Delivery: basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 cross parts as well as 2 spacing boxes 1500 ED-70 K, complete with assortment of hooks. 


70 

1000 

max390 

550 

640 

585 

480x400x67 

1625 

480x400x137 

480x400x207 

985 

1100 

without wire grip 

Model 

BR 1504 0511 LH 

Worktop size Length x Width x Thickness mm 1100 x 550 x 30 

Workbench height mm 985/1625 


Weight kg 128 

50271 Ident. No. 040 


Prod. Gr. 530 

2011/12 

993




Wheel workbenches 

In 3 different working heights, optionally with laterally integrated housing fitted with transparent tilting drums 

Execution: 

•welded sheet steel frame with continuous, closed rear wall, bow-type pushing handles 

on one front side 

•with ANKE workbench top panel made of solid beech, longitudinally glued together from bars, 

thickness 40 mm 

•optionally on the right side available with or without doors 

•roller-bearing mounted drawers with partial extension, single extension approx. 86%, 100 kg load 

capacity per drawer with evenly distributed load, drawers internal dimensions W x D 410 x 540 mm, 

Ident. No. 100-115 with large drawer W x D 940 x 540 mm 

Accessories: 

•optional housing, fitted with transparent tilting drums at extra cost. 

Depending on model, 4 or 5 rows of 6 transparent tilting drums are installed. 

Internal dimension of the individual containers H x W x D 71 x 65 x 82 mm. 

Subsequent installation for Item No. 060-115 is possible. 



•drawers with perforated floors and slotted walls for 

individual drawer division 

•central locking with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys, 

safety drawer block prevents unintentional sliding out 

of drawers 

•chassis with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels Ø 125 mm 

can be locked, total carrying capacity 600 kg 

•suitable drawer partitioning sets, dividers and partitions available 

on request 





150 mm 

90 mm 

90 mm 

150 mm 

210 mm 

90 mm 

150 mm 

180 mm 

180 mm 

600 mm 

90 mm 

180 mm 

270 mm 



Ident. No. 120-130 housing with transparent tilting drums, 

trough with rubber mat 

Ident. No. 090 with Ident. No. 125 

Easy-view tilting container for small parts storage 


Right side version without door with door without door with door without door with door 

Width x Depth mm 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 1130 x 650 

Worktop panel length mm 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 

Drawers of front height mm 2 x 90 / 1 x 150 / 

1 x 210 

2x90 / 1x150 / 

1 x 210 

1x90 / 1x150 / 

2 x 180 

1x90 / 1x150 / 

2 x 180 

1 x 150 / 1 x 90 / 

1 x 180 / 1 x 270 

1 x 150 / 1 x 90 / 

1 x 180 / 1 x 270 


W x D 

mm 410 x 540 410 x 540 410 x 540 410 x 540 940 x 540 / 

410 x 540 

940 x 540 / 

410 x 540 


Storage surface per drawer m² 0,22 0,22 0,22 0,22 0,51 / 0,22 0,51 / 0,22 

Door height mm – 540 – 600 – 540 

Shelf Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 

Overall load capacity kg 600 600 600 600 600 600 





4 rows of 6 tilting drums 4 rows of 6 tilting drums 5 rows of 6 tilting drums 

50272 Housing with tilting Ident. No. 120 125 130 

container 


Prod. Gr. 501 

994 2011/12


Workshop stools and perching stools 


Workshop stool 

3 and 4 legs 

Execution: moulded steel strip frame with steel gliders, beech wood round seat, Ø 350 mm natural colour 

paint. 

Steel parts powder-coated, Colour RAL 7021, black grey 

Version 3-legs 4-legs 

Seat height mm 500 550 600 500 550 600 

Weight kg 3,4 3,5 3,6 5 6 6,5 

Ident. No. 050 055 060 050 055 060 

50120 Unit price E – – – (O. R.) O. R. O. R. 

50121 Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. – – – 

h Other colours on request. Prod. Gr. 504 

No. 50121 

No. 50120 


Workshop stool 

5-legs 

Execution: height-adjustable with covered, dust proof threaded spindle, beech wood round seat, 

Ø 350 mm natural colour paint, overturning protected five foot underframe made of steel pipe with plastic 

glide runners. 

Steel parts powder-coated, Colour RAL 7021, black grey 

Version 

5-legs 

Seat height mm 450-570 

Weight kg 5,3 

50123 Ident. No. 010 




Workshop stools and perching stools DIN 68877 

Execution: 

•Extra-large spectrum of seat heights, continuously adjustable. Seat with new type of SoftTouch PU foam with wave profile for best support and climate comfort 

•Seat with comfortable back support, soft, washable, robust and resistant. Overturning protected five foot underframe made of sturdy plastic, colour black. 

Advantage: 

Combined solution for sitting and standing - relief for the body and healthy posture through integrated back support 


Ident. No. 100 Ident. No. 102 Ident. No. 104 5 years warranty 

Version with wheels with glider with glider and foot ring 

Seat height adjustment mm 450-650 510-780 510-780 


50130 Ident. No. 100 102 104 


Prod. Gr. 504 


Industrial perching stool 

with disk leg 

Execution: 

•seat height adjustment with pneumatic spring 650-850 mm. Stable, extremely flat disk leg prevents 

tripping, Ø 470 mm 

•seat and back rest made of sturdy integral foam with integrated carrying handle, resistant against light 

acids and lyes, can be washed easily and cleaned with no problems 

•seat can be inclined 10° forward, seat rotates 360° 

•metal parts epoxy resin coated in anthracite 

Version 

with integral foam 

Seat height adjustment mm 650-850 

Weight kg 10 

50130 Ident. No. 110 


DIN 68877 

5 years 

warranty 



Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

995


Work chairs 


Perching stools ErgoPlus, tilting 

Execution: stable construction made of plastic-coated steel profiles, twist-resistant and high loading 

capacity. Seat and back rest are continuously height adjustable with a knob. 

Advantages: eases strain on feet and spinal column, supports through relaxed standing. 

Rack colour RAL 7035 

light grey 

RAL 9005 

deep black 

RAL 3020 

signal red 


50130 Cover: skai, black. Ident. No. 012 015 020 


50130 Cover: material dark grey Ident. No. 032 035 040 


Material dark grey 

h Other versions on request: Frame colour: special aluminium colour or others, covers made of fabric 

or wooden seat and backrest. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

Ident. No. 012 with cover 

from skai, black 



Workshop chair 

5-legs 

Execution: height-adjustable with covered, dust proof threaded spindle. Shaped wooden seat with natural 

colour paint. Back rest rigidly attached to seat support, overturning protected five foot underframe made 

of steel pipe with plastic glide runners. 

Steel parts powder-coated, colour RAL 7021, black grey 

Version 

5-legs 

Seat height mm 450-570 

Weight kg 6,7 

50125 Ident. No. 010 




Work chairs 

Seat and back made of sawn beech timber 

Execution: 

•infinitely variable and user-friendly gas spring seat height adjustment, gas spring with dust protection 

•seat and back rest made of sawn beech timber shaped according to the body, painted in natural colour 

•ergonomically shaped back rest, with adjustable height and inclination 

•protected from overturning five-feet underframe made of profile steel pipe, epoxy resin coated in anthracite 

Base frame, optionally with: 

Ident. No. 100 abrasion-resistant plastic shelf slides 

Ident. No. 110 load-depending braked safety double rollers, for hard floors 

Ident. No. 210 abrasion-resistant plastic shelf slides and height-adjustable, chromium plated foot ring 

DIN 68877 


with gliders 


with wheels 


with gliders and foot ring 

5 years warranty 

Version with gliders with wheels with gliders and foot rings 



50126 Ident. No. 100 110 210 



996 2011/12


Work chairs 


Workshop chairs ISITEC 

with contact backrest and seat incline adjustment 

DIN 68877 

Execution: 

•seat height adjustment with pneumatic spring, seat incline adjustment to -8° 

•seat and back rest made of sturdy integral foam, resistant against light acids and lyes, can be washed easily and cleaned with no problems 

•contact back rest that continuously adjusts to the movements of the upper body or can be easily locked in any position with a control lever 

•height of back rest easily adjustable by ratcheting mechanism 

•lumbar support ensures optimal support to fit natural back curvature 

•low weight of the unit itself and the integrated carrying handle make it possible to place the chair conveniently to the side 

•overturning protected five foot underframe made of sturdy plastic, colour black, optionally with plastic glide runners and/or load-depending braked doublerollers 


with gliders 


with wheels 


with gliders and foot ring 


Version with gliders with wheels with gliders and foot rings 



50127 integral foam upholstery Ident. No. 022 024 026 


50128 Armrest (1 pair each) Ident. No. 150 


Prod. Gr. 504 


2011/12 

997


Work chairs 


Workshop chairs ALL-IN-ONE Highline DIN 68877 

Application: 

The all-round chair with all-inclusive ergonomics can be individually adjusted to any person and any work 

station situation. With its unique variety of adjustment options, it fulfils the various requirement on fields 

of application in industry, workshop, Health Care, research and development. 

Execution: 

•seat height adjustment with pneumatic spring 

•extra high and large, ergonomically shaped back rest 

•synchronous mechanics with weight regulation 

•seat can be adjusted with regard to inclination angle and height and depth 

•back rest can be adjusted with regard to inclination angle and height 

•stable, flat trailing steel under-frame, colour black 

•versions optionally with large-surface plastic glide runners and/or load-depending braked double-rollers 

Optional with: 

Ident. No. 100-104 with fabric upholstery, colour black, soft, active breathing and hard-wearing fabric 

upholstery 

Ident. No. 110-114 with artificial leather upholstery, colour blue, non-skid and tear-proof artificial 

leather, washable and easy to clean 

Ident. No. 120-124 with PU foam, colour black, soft SoftTouch PU-upholstery, extremely resistant 

against mechanical strains, washable and easy to clean 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 130 Arm rest (1 pair), swivelling and adjustable in height, width and depth 

An allround chair 

The ALL-IN-ONE offers you individual 

setting options: 


with synchronous mechanics 

with weight regulation 


back rest height 

back rest inclination 

Illustration with gliders 

and artificial leather upholstery 

Figure with rollers, fabric upholstery 

and arm rests 

Figures with gliders, PU foam 

and foot ring 

Version with glider with wheels with glider and foot ring 


50127 with fabric upholstery 

Ident. No. 100 102 104 

colour black 


50127 with artificial leather upholstery 

colour blue 

Ident. No. 110 112 114 


50127 PU foam 

Ident. No. 120 122 124 

colour black 




h Design of upholstery in colour blue or artificial leather upholstery in colour back available on request. Prod. Gr. 504 

seat height 

seat incline 

seat depth 

998 2011/12


Work chairs 


Workshop chairs SOLITEC 

with contact backrest and seat incline adjustment 

Execution: 

•anatomically shaped seat and backrest 

•reduced back rest width in upper area for optimum freedom of movement 

•integrated scale for individual height adjustment of back rest 

•flat trailing five-feet under frame made of profile steel pipe, epoxy resin coated in anthracite 

•available with either rollers, gliders or climbing aids 

•variable covers for seat and back rest for specific work area requirements 

Ident. No. 040-055 with fabric upholstery: soft, active breathing textile upholstery made of hardwearing 

fabric. The active breathing upholstery ensures a pleasant atmosphere even in 

summer. In black. 

Ident. No. 060-075 with artificial leather upholstery: non-skid and tear-proof artificial leather for soft 

and comfortable sitting. Washable and easy to clean. Black. 

Ident. No. 080-095 integrated foam upholstery: resistant against light acids and lyes and robust 

against mechanical load. The structured surface provides for good air-conditioning comfort. 

Washable and easy to clean. Black 

DIN 68877 

5 years 

warranty 

Illustration with gliders 

and artificial leather upholstery 

Illustration with rollers 

and material upholstery 

Illustration with gliders, 

integral foam upholstery 

and climbing aids 

Version with glider with wheels with gliders and 

climbing aids 

Seat height mm 440-590 440-590 600-875 

50127 with cloth upholstery Ident. No. 040 050 055 


50127 with artificial leather upholstery Ident. No. 060 070 075 


50127 with integrated foam upholstery Ident. No. 080 090 095 




Contact back rest and 

seat incline adjustment 

Additionally for contact back rest, the optimum 

body opening angle of 90° can be retained 

with the option of the seat surface 

inclination according to the working position. 

This is especially recommended for work that 

involves bending in front. 


h Other models for ESD, laboratory and clean rooms on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

999


Work chairs 


Workshop chairs SINTEC 

with contact backrest and seat incline adjustment or synchronous mechanics 

Execution: 

•seat and back rests made of impact-proof and break-proof polypropylene 

•flat trailing five-feet under frame made of profile steel pipe. 

•resistant against light acids and lyes. 

•washable and easy to clean. 

•steel and plastic parts in the colour 7012, basalt grey 

•available with either rollers, gliders or climbing aids 

Scope of delivery: without upholstery 

Accessories: upholstery for chairs see no. 50128 100-130 

5 years 

warranty 

DIN 68877 

Contact back rest 

permanently adjusted to the user's 

respective seating behaviour. The upper 

body of the user is effectively supported 

in all seated positions. The recline 

inclination can be halted in any position. 

Contact back rest and 

seat incline adjustment 

Additionally for contact back rest, the 

optimum body opening angle of 90° can 

be retained with the option of the seat 

surface inclination according to the 

working position. This is especially 

recommended for work that involves 

bending in front. 

Synchronous mechanics and 

Weight regulation 

The synchronous automatic system 

causes synchronous movement flow 

from seat and back rest. Changing 

between the seat positions eases the 

entire muscle structure. The integrated 

weight regulation enables individual 

adjustment of the leaning pressure of 

the back rest. 


Illustration with gliders Illustration with rollers Illustration with gliders 

and climbing aids 

Version with glider with wheels with gliders and climbing aid 


50128 with contact back rest Ident. No. 040 050 055 


50128 with contact back rest and seat incline adjustment Ident. No. 060 070 075 


50128 with synchronous mechanics and weight regulation Ident. No. 080 090 095 




h Other models for ESD, laboratory and clean rooms on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 


Upholstery for workshop chairs SINTEC 

No. 50128 Ident. No. 040 to 095 

Ident. No. 100 robust integral foam upholstery, resistant against light acids and lyes. Washable and easy 

to clean. Can be mounted easily using the hooks 

Ident. No. 110-130 soft, respiratory-active textile upholstery made of hard-wearing fabric. Can be 

mounted easily using the hooks 

Colour blue blue black grey 

50128 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 


Prod. Gr. 504 


Ident. No. 110-130 

1000 2011/12


Anti-slip mats and adhesive tapes 


Anti-friction adhesive tapes 

Application: 

•versatile use and easy to glue, e. g on stair steps, ladders, ramps, paths, entry areas, loading zones or 

before machines 

•use indoors and outdoors 

Execution: 

•auto-adhesive, anti-slip adhesive tape with rough surface made of aluminium oxides on a polymer carrier 

•slip prevention R13 according to EN 13552 

•temperature-resistant from - 20 °C to + 60 °C and UV resistant 

1 roll width 50 mm, length per roll 18.3 m 

Advantages: 

•suited for fast marking of hazardous areas 

•increase of the anti-slip feature on slippery surfaces 

Width mm 50 

Length M 18,3 18,3 18,3 18,3 18,3 

Colour black yellow/black Red/white yellow transparent 

50225 Ident. No. 130 132 134 136 138 


Ident. No. 130-138 

h Warning tapes see No. 69772 500-510 page 1415 Prod. Gr. 504 

Example of application 


Fine ribbed rubber mat, oil resistant 

Execution: made of 3 mm thick solid rubber, oil resistant, fine ribbings in longitudinal direction, material 

pattern underneath, colour: black. 

1 roller width approx. 1000 mm x length 10 m 

Application: easy to cut and lay 

•as drawer insert or tool box for workbenches, cabinets, tool boxes and tool trolley 

•on machines as tool box and as base 

Version 

Solid rubber 

Roll length M 10 

50229 Mat width 1000 mm Ident. No. 015 


Prod. Gr. 504 



Anti-slip mats 

Execution: fabric-reinforced mat with nap structure made of plastic with adhesion properties. The mat 

remains in place without skidding– even on rough or inclined surfaces. Light and customized, highly tearproof 

and extremely long-wearing, washable at 40 °C. 

Colour black 

Material thickness: approx. 4 mm 

Application: the mats are for versatile uses, e. g. 

•as drawer insert or tool box for workbenches, cabinets, tool boxes and tool trolley 

•on machines as tool box 

•in luggage boot suitable as loading and transport safety 

•as base 

Nap structure 

Example of use in tool trolleys No skidding even on inclined surfaces No skidding in luggage boot 

Version Blank Rolls 

Dimensions L x W mm 1200 x 600 10000 x 600 

50225 Ident. No. 010 050 



Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

1001


Workstation mats 


Workplace mats and floor grids – selection overview 

Workplace mats achieve many advantages for users and companies: 

•back protecting – more comfortable walking and standing at workstations 

•no cold feet on concrete floors – improved blood flow even when standing for long periods 

•longer performance – increased productivity – improved work safety – less work accidents 

Select the right workplace mat for your corresponding conditions: 

Anti-fatigue Anti-slip Grease resistant Coolant resistant Acid-resistant for wet areas Fire retardant Article Number Catalogue 

x x x x x 50225 101-123 page 1005 

x x x 50225 150 page 1002 

x x x x x x 50225 155 page 1002 

x x x x x x 50225 170-178 page 1003 

x x x 50225 180-195 page 1002 

x x x x 50225 250-270 page 1003 

x x x 50225 280-295 page 1004 

x x x x 50225 300-320 page 1004 

x x 50225 400-430 page 1005 

x x x x x 50225 500-530 page 1005 

x x x x x 50225 600-610 page 1005 

x x x x x 50229 310-343 page 1006 



Anti-fatigue mat made of PVC 

corrugated surface 

Application: ideal on dry workstations, for normal stress. 

Execution: 

•grey, corrugated surface made of 100 % PVC 


•non-skid and impact resistant, insulated against cold, and protects the industrial floor 

•slip prevention R10 according to DIN 51130 

•fire protection class B2 according to DIN 54332/DIN 4102 

•mat height 9 mm 

•weight: approx. 3.5 kg/m² 

Advantage: 

•relieves the back and leg muscles and prevents premature fatigue during extended phases of standing 

•increases the general step safety 

•easy to cut to the requested shape 

Scope of delivery: is delivered with chamfered edges, also in case of blanks! 

Dimensions length x width mm 900 x 600 1500 x 900 running meters x 900 running meters x 1200 

Colour grey grey grey grey 

50225 Ident. No. 180 185 190* 195* 


Price/meter E – – (O. R.) (O. R.) 


* Product by meter, up to max. length of 18.3 m: We cut the desired length to size. Cut mats are, however, 

excluded from the right to return. 

h On request available: 

- Model in hammer stroke design 

- Colour black, gray/yellow 

i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002. 

Prod. Gr. 504 


Workstation mat, anti-fatigue mat 

open design 


•black open execution, made of resistant SBR rubber, mat height 14 mm 

•for dry and wet (but not oily) industrial working areas, e. g. on packing boards, workbenches, assembly 

/ laboratory areas or control stands 

•drainage of liquids without any problems, by means of special knobs on the lower side 

•raised surface for improved anti-slip feature with chamfered safety edges all around 

•Slip prevention R10 according to EN 13552 


•blue, open structure, made of robust nitrile rubber, mat thickness 15 mm 

•ideal for extremely heavy-duty workplaces 

•high resistance against oils, greases and chemicals 

Advantage: Non-skid – impact resistant – anti-fatigue – insulated against cold. 

Dimension length x width mm 1500 x 900 

Mat height mm 14 15 

Colour black blue 

50225 Ident. No. 150 155 


i Selection overview workplace mats and floor grids page 1002. Prod. Gr. 504 

Ident. No. 150 made of SBR rubber 

Ident. No. 155 made of nitril rubber 

1002 2011/12




Anti-fatigue mat with mashes 

Application: Ideal mats for workstations where larger chip quantities occur. 

Execution: 

•flexible and versatile-use mats made of PVC, with yellow safety borders, mash width 25 x 25 mm 

•woven PVC strands provided on the upper and lower side with notches for a firm grip 


•fire protection class B2 according to DIN 54332 

•capable of bearing 2000 kg/m² 

•resistant against mild acids and alcalines 


Ident. No. 170-174 firm dimensions, with yellow chamfered safety edges 

Ident. No. 176-178 product by metre, without safety edges 

Advantages: 

•fluids and chips can fall through the mash opening, thus they can be easily removed and cleaned 

•increases ergonomics on the work station and reduced physical fatigue 

Length x width mm 1200 x 600 1500 x 1000 1800 x 1200 running meters x 900 

Colour yellow/black yellow/black yellow/black black blue 

Mat height mm 12 12 12 12 12 

50225 Ident. No. 170 172 174 176* 178* 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – – 

Price/meter E – – – (O. R.) (O. R.) 


* Product by metre, up to max. length of 10 m: We cut the desired length to size. Cut mats are, however, 


h Special models on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 


Workstation floor covering, modular 

Closed version 

Advantage: for oily and moist application areas, e. g. industrial workstations, production lines and installation 

units, for high stress. 

Execution: 

•black closed design, with a rubber/nitrile mixture 

•Module system: individual mats L x B 900 x 900 mm can be assembled to make any surface. Female 

and male edges in black and yellow provide flexible edge solutions 

•good resistance against oils and greases. 

•temperature resisting up to max. 160 °C 

•non-skid and impact resistant, insulated against cold 



Advantage: a replacement of single mats or the adjustment to a modified environment is possible without 

any problems. 



Example with edges 

Mat with edges 


Ident. No. 270, 265, 260, 255 

Version Single mat Female edge Male edge Female edge Male edge 

Dimensions length x width mm 900 x 900 975 975 975 975 

Colour black black black yellow yellow 

50225 Ident. No. 250 255 260 265 270 


h execution with perforated surface in black, made of natural rubber, or for demanding applications in blue made of nitrile rubber on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

1003




Anti-fatigue mats made of PVC 

in bulb plate optic 

Application: for sophisticated applications, very robust, provides for a safe and comfortable standing. 

Execution: 

•black closed pvc mat, surface in bulb plate optic enables easy turning at the position, with yellow borders 

for safety marking, overlapping the foamed back and thus, no risk of stumbling 

•foamed, damped lower side protects from cold floors and reduces the occurrence of phenomena of 

fatigue during extended phases of standing 

•all around with chamfered safety edges 

•upper surface resistant to most chemicals 



On request available: 

•Colour completely black 

Dimensions length x width mm 900 x 600 1500 x 900 running meters x 900 running meters x 1200 

Colour yellow/black yellow/black yellow/black yellow/black 

50225 Ident. No. 280 285 290* 295* 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) – – 

Price/meter E – – (O. R.) (O. R.) 

* Product by meter, up to max. length of 18.3 m: We cut the desired length to size. Cut mats are, however, 



Prod. Gr. 504 




in bulb plate optic 

Application: for dry working areas, e. g. on workbenches, installation, laboratory areas, packing boards, 

control stands. 

Version: 

•black closed mat, surface in bulb plate optic enables easy turning at the position, made of a SBR/nitrile 

mixture 

•available as individual mat or as intermediate and end piece, combinable in the length 

•thanks to dovetail connection any length can be achieved in the width of 700 mm 

•individual mat with all round chamfered edges for safe walking and driving, middle and end piece on 3 

sides each 

•good resistance against oils and greases. 



•mat height 12.5 mm 

Application: design of the production lines without any problems thanks to the dovetail connection 

Sample applications: 

1 Individual mat 2 Two end pieces 

2 Two end pieces left and right. Centre pieces can be inserted in 

between 3 until the desired dimension is reached. 

1 2 2 2 

3 2 


Version single mat centre piece end piece 

Dimensions length x width mm 800 x 700 800 x 700 800 x 700 

Colour black black black 

50225 Ident. No. 300 310 320 



Can be extended using dove tail 

1004 2011/12


Floor grids 



knobbed type 

Execution: 

•black, closed mat with knobbed surface 

•can be used as individual mat or as intermediate and end piece, combinable in the length 

•thanks to dovetail connection any length can be achieved in the width of 600 mm 

•individual mats with all round chamfered edges for safe walking and driving, middle and end piece on 3 

sides each 

•temperature-resistant from - 20 °c to + 160 °c 


Advantage: 

•knobbed surface continuously stimulates the blood flow and thereby reduces phenomena of fatigue 

during extended phases of standing 

•shape of production lines no problem due to dovetail type connection 

Ident. No. 400-430 made of natural rubber, for dry area of application and normal use, such as e. g. on 

workbenches, installation laboratory areas, packing tables, inspection stands. 

Ident. No. 500-530 made of nitrile rubber, resistant against most standard types of chemicals, greases 

and oils. 

Dimensions length x width mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 900 x 600 

Version Single mat Single mat centre piece end piece 

Colour black black black black 

50225 natural rubber Ident. No. 400 410 420 430 


50225 nitrile rubber Ident. No. 500 510 520 530 



1 2 2 

Sample applications: 

1 Individual mat 2 Two end pieces 

2 

3 2 

2 Two end pieces left and right. Centre pieces can be inserted 

in between 3 until the desired dimension is 

reached. 


Ergonomic anti-fatigue mat 

made of polyurethane – hardly inflammable, knobbed design 

Application: for industrial working areas, e. g. welding workstations 

Execution: 

•black, closed mat with knobbed surface made of robust •good resistance against oils and greases. 

polyurethane 

•circumferential bevelled edges for safe access 



•fire protection class B1 according to DIN 4102 

Advantage: 

•relieves the back and leg muscles during extended phases of standing 

•knobbed surface continuously stimulates the blood flow or the circulatory system 

On request available: special dimensions 

Dimensions length x width mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 

Colour black black 

50225 Ident. No. 600 610 





Floor grids 

made of high pressure polyethylene 

Application: for machines and workbench workstations. 

Execution: non-skid, can carry high loads with 40000 kg/m². Resistant against oils, acids, solvents and lyes. Temperature resistant from -10 °C up to +80 °C. 

Easy to lay through hook links in longitudinal and transverse direction, available with corner and access ramp. 


Version Floor grid Access ramp Corner element 

Dimensions L x W x H mm 1200 x 600 x 25 1200 x 600 x 25 1200 x 600 x 25 600 x 112 600 x 112 600 x 112 112 x 112 112 x 112 112 x 112 

Colour green orange blue green orange blue green orange blue 

50225 Ident. No. 101 102 103 111 112 113 121 122 123 



2011/12 

1005


Step stools 


Safety wooden floor grid 

Execution: made of sturdy, beech strips, joined with a steel cable. Non-skid due to elastic rubber feet. 

Resistant against oils, acids and glowing chips 

Grid height: 35 mm 

Weight: approx. 13 kg/m² 

Available without or with 2-side and 3-side access ramp. For cleaning the floor, simply roll out the wooden 

floor grid. 

Application: suitable for dry work areas and industrial workstations, especially for tool machines, CNC 

machines, workbenches. 

Advantage: due to rubber support, relief for leg and back muscles of the worker when working on the 

machine. The wooden floor grid guarantees safe standing and protects high grade industrial floors. 

1500/2000 

800/1000 

Ident. No. 310-340 

Dimensions L x W mm 1500 x 800 2000 x 800 1500 x 1000 2000 x 1000 

50229 no access ramp Ident. No. 310 320 330 340 


50229 with access ramp on 2 sides Ident. No. 312 322 332 342 


50229 with access ramp on 3 sides Ident. No. 313 323 333 343 


h More dimensions and versions – also special versions – on request. 



Prod. Gr. 504 



Mobile step stool 

made of shatterproof plastic 

Execution: wheeled, stable, non-slip 'mini-steps'. 2-stage pedestal, round, no sharp corners. Free-running 

on 3 rollers which sink into the housing when loaded with the body weight. TÜV certified in accordance 

with DIN EN 14183. 


Ø below/above mm 440/290 

Height loaded/unloaded mm 425/430 


50260 Ident. No. 005 


DIN EN 14183 

h Other colours available on request. Prod. Gr. 505 


Safety step ladder, foldable 

made of aluminium 

Execution: broad steps (360 mm) result in safe use and allow both hands to be kept free for working. Step 

surfaces covered with ribbed rubber panels, providing a non-slip surface. Folds simply away to a flat, spacesaving 

shape. 

Step depth/width mm 230/360 

Width at support feet mm 480 550 570 590 

Height mm 460 690 920 1150 

No. of steps 2 3 4 5 

50260 Ident. No. 020 030 – – 


50260 with safety bar Ident. No. – 032 042 044 

Unit price E – O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 504 

DIN EN 14183, BGV D 36 


1006 2011/12


Ladders 


Aluminium step stool 

rigid 

Execution: 

•welded tube structure, table and light-weight working platform 

•steps, depth 200 mm, made of anti-slip aluminium checker plate 

•upper tread 577 x 350 mm 

Number of treads including platform 1 2 3 4 5 

Platform height M 0,20 0,40 0,60 0,80 1,00 

Working height approx. m 2,20 2,40 2,60 2,80 3,00 

Floor space M 0,40 x 0,58 0,61 x 0,64 0,85 x 0,66 1,08 x 0,68 1,35 x 0,73 

Weight kg 3,0 5,5 7,8 10,1 13,5 

50260 Ident. No. 401 402 403 404 405 


DIN EN 131-1. BGV D 36 and DIN EN 14183 

Prod. Gr. 589 



Step ladder 

one-sided accessible 

Version: 

•patented steps, 80 mm deep 

•steps and struts made of alu-extruded sections 

•treads and stile connected by means of high-strength quality flanging 

•handy aluminium tray for small parts and tools 

•standard platform made of alu-extruded sections for secure and comfortable footing 

•replaceable 2-component plastic end caps that fit securely in the stile and ensure that the ladder does 

not slip 

•high-strength Perlon belt prevents splay (5 or more treads) 

BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1 

Tread cross section 

Number of treads including platform 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 

Ladder length M 1,44 1,72 2,00 2,28 2,56 2,84 3,40 

Platform height M 0,76 1,02 1,29 1,55 1,81 2,08 2,59 

Working height approx. m 2,75 3,00 3,30 3,55 3,80 4,10 4,60 

Stile depth steps/back stay mm 68/48 68/48 68/48 68/48 68/48 68/48 68/48 

Weight kg 7,1 8,3 9,2 10,1 10,9 11,6 13,1 

50260 Ident. No. 303 304 305 306 307 308 310 



h Wheeled type on request. 

Antimagnetic version or anti-static end caps on request. 

Please ask for our brochure describing our complete line of ladders. 


Prod. Gr. 589 


Step ladder 

both-sided accessible 

Execution: 

•patented steps, 80 mm deep 

•steps and struts made of alu-extruded sections 

•treads and stile connected by means of high-strength quality flanging 


not slip 

•high-strength Perlon belt prevents splay 

No. of steps 2x3 2x4 2x5 2x6 2x7 2x8 2x10 2x12 

Ladder length M 0,85 1,13 1,41 1,69 1,97 2,25 2,85 3,45 

Working height approx. m 2,25 2,55 2,80 3,05 3,30 3,60 4,15 4,70 

lower external width M 0,44 0,47 0,50 0,53 0,56 0,59 0,68 0,80 

Strut height mm 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 

Weight kg 5,0 6,5 8,0 8,6 9,1 10,3 14,0 16,8 

50260 Ident. No. 323 324 325 326 327 328 330 332 


BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1 

h Wheeled type on request. 

Antimagnetic version or anti-static end caps on request. 

Please ask for our brochure describing our complete line of ladders. 


Prod. Gr. 589 

2011/12 

1007


Ladders 


Step ladder BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1 

Execution: 

•external width 350 mm 

•30 mm deep square bars 

•bars and struts made of alu extruded sections for highest stability 

•bars-strut connection through high-tensile quality flanging 


not slip 

Number of rungs 8 10 12 14 

Ladder length M 2,49 3,05 3,61 4,17 

Working height approx. m 3,35 3,90 4,40 4,95 

Strut height mm 58 58 58 62 

Weight kg 4,4 5,3 6,2 7,2 

50260 Ident. No. 338 340 342 344 


h Available as shelf ladder on request. 

As an optional extra, can also be fitted with anti-static end caps. 


Prod. Gr. 589 



Multi-purpose ladder, 3 parts BGV D 36 and DIN EN 131-1 

Execution: 

•struts made of alu-extruded sections for highest stability 

•bars-strut connection through high-tensile quality flanging 

•top section with parking hooks and locking mechanism 

•high-strength Perlon belt with sewn-in fixing strap prevents splay 


not slip 

•locking mechanism and guides can be replaced 

•ribbed bars with wide tread and cross rail ensure a high level of safety 

•stable, rigid connection with high user comfort and transport safety 

One ladder - six functions: 

Number of rungs 3x8 3x10 3x12 

Extended length (as three-part leaning ladder) max. working height M 5,80 6,90 8,60 

Length as two-part leaning ladder and as stepladder with extension section M 4,10 4,95 6,10 

Length of ladder sections (also step ladder or extension section) M 2,45 3,00 3,55 

Strut height mm 73 73 98 

Cross rail M 0,80 0,90 1,00 

Weight kg 17,5 23,3 29,1 

50260 Ident. No. 368 370 372 


Prod. Gr. 589 

1008 2011/12


Roller stands and trestles 


Moveable stair heads 

one-sided and both-sided accessible 

Execution: 

•light metal steps of 200 mm depth, 240 mm step distance, 60° incline 

•spacious light metal platform 600 x 800 mm 

•platform railing 1,00 m high, complete with toe rails/knee rails 

•4 spring-mounted steering wheels Ø125 mm. 

•max. loading capacity 150 kg 

Ident. No. 253-258 one-sided accessible 

Ident. No. 263-268 both-sided accessible 

Delivery: disassembled in easy-to-mount components 

Note: for platform heights of 1 m or 5 steps and more the hand rail is a compulsory accessory. 2 rails are 

required for the platform stairs Ident. No. 254-258. 4 Rails are required for Ident. No. 264-268. 

Number of treads including platform 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Platform height without railing M 0,72 0,96 1,20 1,44 1,68 1,92 

Basic area can be walked one-sided M 0,81 x 1,26 0,88 x 1,46 0,95 x 1,64 1,02 x 1,82 1,09 x 2,00 1,16 x 2,18 

Basic Area can be walked both sided M 0,81 x 1,52 0,88 x 1,80 0,95 x 2,07 1,02 x 2,35 1,09 x 2,63 1,16 x 2,91 

50260 one-sided accessible 

Ident. No. 253 254 255 256 257 258 


50260 both-sided accessible 

Ident. No. 263 264 265 266 267 268 


BGV D 36 and BGI 637 

Ident. No. 264 with 4 units, Ident. No. 296 

50260 hand rails Ident. No. – 296 298 

Unit price E – (O. R.) (O. R.) 

h Type with steel grating on request. 


Prod. Gr. 589 


Material stands for round, flat or long materials 

Application: 

Round, flat or long materials can be supplied to the machine or the workplace by means of steel/support 

wheels or ball bar. 

Execution: 

Ident. No. 300 Combination roller trestle, folding, adjustable 2 foot steel underframe, galvanised support 

wheel Ø 60 mm, easy rotating ball bar with 8 steel balls Ø 15 mm for movement in all directions 

Ident. No. 305 Material stands, 3 foot steel underframe, ball-bearing and plastic-coated steel wheel Ø 50 

mm with side limit stops 

Ident. No. 310-320 Roller trestles SORTIMO Rolliboy, 5 foot steel underframe, plastic-coated steel wheel 

Ø 50 mm, GS mark 

Carrying capacity kg 200 600 

Roller width mm 350 400 200 400 

Continuously height adjustment mm 758-1197 705-1210 440-690 675-1150 

Weight kg 12 11,3 8 10,7 

50261 Ident. No. 300 305 310 320 




Prod. Gr. 504 



Material stand for round stock 

Application: 

ideal for thread cutting, sawing, welding and soldering. Particularly well suited for pipes and round material. 

Execution: 

robust, height adjustable material supports with fixed underframe. Material support with 2 chrome-plated 

steel balls for light materials in all directions. 


For round material mm 6-115 (up to 4") 

Continuously height adjustment mm 680-1155 

Weight kg 7 

50261 Ident. No. 400 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

1009


Hydraulic machine lifters 


Material stand with platform 

height adjustment manual or hydraulic 

Application: 

Ergonomic stands, inclinable and portable, for sitting or standing activity, also direct at the workplace. Ideal 

in connection with standard plastic boxes of size 600 x 400 mm. 

Execution: 

•sturdy sheet steel frame with platform 500 x 400 mm and guide edge 30 mm high 

•4-level incline adjustment of the platform from 0 to 40° 

•portable with 4 steering wheels Ø 75 mm, each with brake, traceless solid rubber tyres 

Ident. No. 402-404: Manual height adjustment (not under load) 

Ident. No. 406: Hydraulic height adjustment with foot pump, measured lowering of the platform also with 

foot pump 

Colour: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Height adjustment 

manual 

manual 

hydraulic 

mm 510 - 700 720 - 1070 720-1070 

Carrying capacity kg 150 150 150 

Platform size mm 500 x 400 500 x 400 500 x 400 

50261 Ident. No. 402 404 406 



(without box and content) 

Prod. Gr. 504 




Hydraulic machine lifter 

Application: for smooth and safe transport of machines and other heavy items. 

Execution: 

•sturdy steel welded construction 

•sturdy swivel feet prevent tilting 

•precision guides for exact lifting movement and long service life 

•fast locking for connection to external hydraulic pumps 

•pumping rod rotates 180° 

•easily movable with solid rubber wheels in conjunction with pump level 

•5 years warranty on single-hand safety toe 

Carrying capacity 5 t 10 t 

Travel mm 140 160 

Lifting strap: adjustable 3x 4x 

Min. placement height mm 15 20 

Max. placement height mm 145 175 

Upper surface size mm 60 x 68 80 x 72 

Placement height mm 252 310 

L x W x H mm 266 x 212 x 252 339 x 237 x 310 

Weight approx. kg 21 32 

50261 Ident. No. 425 430 


h Other lifting devices up to 30 tons on request. 

All lifting tools also available as nickel-plated at extra cost. 


Prod. Gr. 504 



1010 2011/12


Transport wheel sets 


Transport wheel sets 

Execution: 

•very sturdy, torsion-free steel welded construction 

•GKS-alperfekt ® -roller, slightly steerable, low rolling resistance 

•high stability through closed cassettes 

•support surfaces with non-skid waffle rubber 

•transport wheel set with steering rod and turntable. 

Application: all adjustable and steerable wheel sets of the same height that can be combined and are suitable for safe transport of loads of up to 200 tons. 

Advantage: 

•high comfort during handling 

•material guarantees highest possible fail-safety and remains in shape, no distortion, even over year-long use 


Ident. No. 480 Ident. No. 495 Ident. No. 510 Example of application 

Carrying capacity 3 t 6 t 12 t 

Wheel set steerable adjustable steerable adjustable steerable adjustable 

Load rollers: number/installation height St./mm 4/110 4/110 8/110 8/110 16/110 16/110 

Support surface per cassette mm Ø 170 150 x 150 Ø 170 200 x 220 Ø 170 200 x 407 

Distancing rod, adjustment range mm – 300-1000 – 640-1030 – 1014-1430 

Steering rod, length mm 950 – 1080 – 1080 – 

Wheel set, Length x Width mm 270 x 230 – 610 x 520 – 1030 x 620 – 

Weight approx. kg 12 15 41 30 80 52 

50261 Ident. No. 480 475 495 490 510 505 


h For safety reasons, use adjustable wheel sets only with distance rod. 

Other transport vehicles up to 200 tons and special solutions available on request. 

All wheel sets also available nickel-plated at extra cost. 


Prod. Gr. 504 


2011/12 

1011


Pallet trucks 


Pallet trucks 

carrying capacity 2000 / 2500 / 3000 / 3500 kg 

Execution: 

•industrial design, torsion-proof and robust 

•safety drawbar with the functions: lift, travel and lower, united in the rubberized 

handle 

•sensitive lowering of the load with adjustable lowering speed 

•quiet polyurethane rollers facilitate the work, extremely low roller resistance 

•all joints equipped with lubricating nipples 

•low-maintenance hydraulic system with hard chromium plated piston and overload 

protection 

Application: for the professional transport of palletised products on special pallets, under sophisticated conditions, even in case of slightly ascending or 

descending slopes 

Paint: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated 

Scope of delivery: installed, incl. operating instructions 

Ident. No. 378: with SPEED-lift-function, 2x pumps and the pallet is lifted off the floor. The quick lift is active up to a load of 150 kg and with higher load it 

automatically switches over to standard lift. 

Ident. No. 375 and 385 with travel brake and parking brake 

2x 


Ident. No. 360 Ident. No. 370 Ident. No. 378, with SPEED-Lift function 

2x pumps - the pallet is lifted off the floor 

Fork length mm 800 1150 1500 1800 2000 2500 

Carrying capacity kg 2000 2000 2500 2500 3000 2500 2000 2000 2000 3500 

Width of the fork prongs mm 150 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 170 170 

Outer distance of the fork mm 520 520 520 520 540 520 520 520 550 550 

prongs 

Movement Range mm 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 85-200 

Fork rollers PU-Single PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem 

Steering wheels/Ø mm PU/180 PU/180 PU/200 PU/200 PU/200 PU/200 PU/200 PU/200 PU/200 PU/200 

SPEED-Lift-Function – – - yes – – – – – – 

50262 Ident. No. 360 350 370 378 380 382 384 386 388 390 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50262 with brake Ident. No. – – 375 – 385 – – – – – 

Unit price E – – (O. R.) – (O. R.) – – – – – 

Ident.-No. 350 = Prod. Gr. 586 



Scissor-type lift pallet truck 

carrying capacity 1000 kg 

Execution: 

•torsion-free construction, safe position even under full load 

•with quick-action lifting function: quick lifting for loads up to approx. 250 kg 

•safety drawbar with 3 functions: lift, rapid lifting and lower 

•hydraulic system with safety valve 

•hydraulic pump with 3-step-telescope stamp 

•infinitely variably manual lowering via handle 

•up to a lifting height of 200 mm the scissor-type lifting table can be shunted 

Application: for the transport and the lifting of palletised products on flexible working heights in manufacture, 

installation and dispatch. 




Fork length mm 1170 

Width of the fork prongs mm 160 

Outer distance of the fork prongs mm 540 

Movement Range mm 85-800 

Fork rollers 

PU 

Steering wheels/Ø mm PU/200 

50262 Ident. No. 450 


h Electric version on request. Prod. Gr. 504 

1012 2011/12


High lift pallet trucks and electric stackers 


Pallet trucks with scales or scales and printer 


Version fork lift truck: 

•industrial design, torsion-proof and robust 

•safety drawbar with rubberized handle unites all operating functions: lift, travel and lower 

•low-maintenance hydraulic system with hard chromium plated piston and overload protection 

•sensitive lowering of the load with adjustable lowering speed 

•quiet polyurethane fork rollers facilitate the work 

type weighing equipment: 

•easiest handling, large operating keys, dust- and water tight touch pad, mains-independent 

•measuring range: 1-2000 kg, pitch step 1 kg 

•4 DMS-weighing sensors, protection class IP65 

•cannot be calibrated, but calibrated execution, available on request 

•addition function, minimum display, zero setting, gross/net change-over, LOW battery display, automatic selftest 

function 

•100 % can be tared, also multiple taring possible 

•5-digit, 25 mm high LCD display with status symbols, safe and protected, installed in housing, easy operation 

and reading 

•error limit 0,1 % of final value of measuring range 

•battery operation with 4 x AA Mignon LR6 1.5 V included in the scope of delivery, battery capacity for approx. 

1800 measurements 

Ident. No. 420 but with: 

•integrated thermotransfer printer •1 roll of thermo-paper for printer is included in the scope of delivery 

Advantage: 

•transport and weigh in one operation 

•mobile use at any location 

•no unnecessary transport routs to the scales 




Fork length mm 1150 1150 

Width of the fork prongs mm 180 180 

Outer distance of the fork prongs mm 555 555 

Movement Range mm 85-200 85-200 

Fork rollers PU-Tandem PU-Tandem 

Steering wheels/Ø mm Aluminium-rubber/180 Aluminium-rubber/180 


50262 Ident. No. 415 420 



Prod. Gr. 504 

High lift pallet trucks 


Application: hand hydraulic stacker to lift and move palletised goods 

Execution: 

•stable welded, torsion-proof sectional steel structure 

•safe position even under full load 

•hydraulic lifting by means of drawbar or pedal 

•manual lowering infinitely adjustable via handle 

•safety draw bar with rubberized handle 

•hydraulic system with safety valve 

•hard chromium plated pressure piston 

•with protective grating, fixed down to the bottom of the frame, against falling objects and for free sight to the front 

•quiet polyurethane rollers facilitate the work 

•2 large steering wheels with wheel block, for optimum shunting even in very restricted spaces 

•ground clearance of the fork arms 40 mm, allows running over bumps without any problem 

•all stackers meet the requirements of the regulations of the employers' liability insurance association of 

BGV-D27 and the Euro-standard 


Scope of delivery: installed, incl. operating instructions, ready for operation 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 550 Platform L x W 1150 x 560 mm, carrying capacity 1000 kg, easily makes a table of a high lift truck 

Movement Range mm 90-1200 90-1600 90-2500 90-3000 

Carrying capacity kg 1000 1000 1000 1000 

Lifting height per pedal actuation mm 20 20 20 20 

Total height when retracted (passage 

mm 1730 1980 1845 2080 

height) 

Total height at max. lift mm 1750 2080 3000 3505 

Overall width mm 755 755 870 870 

Fork length mm 1150 1150 1150 1150 

Width of the fork prongs mm 160 160 170 170 

Outer distance of the fork prongs mm 560 560 560 560 

Fork rollers PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem PU-Tandem 

Steering wheels/Ø mm PU/150 PU/150 PU/150 PU/150 

Weight kg 200 230 276 316 

50262 Ident. No. 500 510 520 530 


50262 Platform Ident. No. 550 


h Electric version, other load capacities and other platform lengths on request. Prod. Gr. 504 



LCD display and printer 

High lifting truck with platform 


2011/12 

1013


Scissor lifting tables 



Electric stacker with travelling mechanism 

carrying capacity 1200 kg/lifting height 2500, 2800 with free lift, 2900, 3500 mm 

Application: 

•suited for application on longer routes where an electric running drive achieves considerable advantages 

•ideal device for the semi-professional sector for indoor use in storage systems 

Execution: 

•torsion-free pole and frame construction, robot welding, signal green, powder coated 

•with electric lifting and travel drive 

•infinitely adjustable travelling speed, accurate lifting and lowering processes 

•grip column made of steel sheet, safety knob and signal on the pole head 

•ergonomic drawbar with large control elements for direction and speed 

•with integrated battery and charging device (24 V/20 A) 

•with battery discharge display. The battery charging system is equipped such that the lifting motion is 

blocked until the definite discharge, but that travelling to the next charging station is still possible. 

•two-piece plastic housing for easy access and maintenance 

•with entry points made of special steel, forks correspond to the pallet standard 

•steering deflection 180° – compact construction ensures a manoeuvrable and quick operation, even 

under full load 

•high tilting safety thanks to five-point support 

•wheels/tyres: 1 rubber drive wheel Ø 250/86 mm, 2 polyurethane supporting wheels Ø 150/40 mm, 

2 polyurethane load rollers Ø 82/70 mm 

Ident. No. 728 with free lift, allows to raise the forks without extending the mast, up to a lifting/construction 

height of 1472/1972 mm, especially suitable for low room or passage heights. 

Scope of delivery incl. batteries, charger and operating instructions, ready for operation 

Model GX12/25 GX12/28 free stroke GX12/29 GX12/35 

Travel mm 2500 2800 2900 3500 


Fork prongs length/width mm 1150/150 1150/150 1150/150 1150/150 

Total dimensions length x width mm 1825 x 850 1825 x 850 1825 x 850 1825 x 850 

Structural height lowered / raised mm 1780/2985 1972/3334 1980/3385 2250/3915 

Turning radius M 1460 1460 1460 1460 

Free lift mm – 1472 – 80 

Voltage / max. capacity V/Ah 24/88 24/88 24/88 24/88 

Travel speed with/without load km/h 4,0/5,0 4,0/5,0 4,0/5,0 4,0/5,0 

Lifting speed with/without load m/s 0,08/0,12 0,09/0,10 0,08/0,12 0,08/0,12 

max. negotiable inclination with/without load % 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 

Running / lifting motor kW 0,7/2,2 0,7/2,2 0,7/2,2 0,7/2,2 

Weight incl. battery kg 481 542 496 531 

50262 Ident. No. 725 728 729 735 


h On request available: 

further models and special dimensions 

efficient or maintenance-free battery for longer operating times 

ergonomic drawbar with two separated operating elements for lifting function 

Prod. Gr. 504 


Ident. No. 728 with free lift 


Scissor lifting table 

on wheels 

Execution: 

•for load from 150 kg up to 1500 kg, lifting heights from 225 mm to 1000 mm 

•stable scissor-type bracing 

•hand handle control, step-less height adjustment 

•lift operation via pedal 

•hydraulic pump made of high stable steel 

•2 steering rollers with wheel block, 2 axis wheels 

•polyurethane wheels (PU) for low-noise and easy run 

•pressure relief valve for long life of the pump 

Application: 

•lifting, lowering and transporting with one device 

•for use as adjustable additional table on installation work station 

•ideal workshop and fitting carriage with wide field of applications in craft and industry 



Movement Range mm 225-740 340-900 420-1000 380-1000 420-1000 

Carrying capacity kg 150 300 500 800 1000 1500 

Platform L x W x H mm 740 x 450 x 35 855 x 500 x 50 855 x 500 x 50 1000 x 515 x 55 1020 x 510 x 60 1220 x 600 x 60 

Wheel Ø mm 100 127 130 150 150 150 

Weight kg 48 73 91 115 121 143 

50262 Ident. No. 900 905 910 920 930 940 


h Electric version and lifting range up to 1510 mm on request. Prod. Gr. 504 

1014 2011/12


Platform trolleys 


Scissor lifting table, flat Type F-CE and FE 

•E-shaped platform saving for loading with commercial forklifts 

and fork stackers (Type FE) for pallets and boxes 

•all-round free foot space, as no interfering floor frames 

•safety and construction according to DIN EN 1570 and UVV/VBG14 

•certified with the quality seal of the campaign "Gesunder Rücken" (Healthy Backs) 

•portable compact unit (gear pump) available as option in 230 V or 400 V 

•stable model, 6 mm platform sheet metal, full steel scissors, maintenance-free 

•no electric on lifting table because pure hydraulically connected multiple plug 

•all tables can be moved axial (without load) (2 fixed castors 2 steering rollers) 

Model F-CE FE 

Carrying capacity kg 300 500 1000 1500 600 1200 

Construction height mm 70 70 80 90 80 80 

Travel mm 750 750 750 750 750 750 

Lifting time sec. 20 20 25 25 20 25 

Length mm 1450 1450 1450 1450 1300 1300 

Width mm 900 900 900 900 910 910 

Weight kg 200 200 250 330 200 250 

77172 Ident. No. 003d 005d 010d 015d 050d 060d 


Access ramp mm 400 600 – – 

77172 Ident. No. 104d 106d – – 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) – – 

Series F-CE 

with closed platform 

Series FE 

with platform 

h Other lifting table versions available on request 


Prod. Gr. 773 


Scissor lifting table 

Application: 

•Installation on floor. All machines with bio-oil. 

•Various possibilities of use: 

– material can be raised and lowered 

– levelled machine insertion 

– integrated in conveyor systems etc. 

Execution: 

•operating voltage 400 V, 50 Hz 

•control voltage 24 V DC, 50 Hz 

•colour: RAL 5015, sky blue 

Operation: Lift - lower (dead man) with hand push button with Emergency-Stop and 3 m long control cable. 

Lifting tables are delivered mounted ready for connection. (Pit version request) 

Model 1-8-1 1-10-8 1-13-10 1-16-18 

Carrying capacity max. kg 1000 1000 1000 1000 

Platform L x W mm 1250 x 800 1700 x 1000 2000 x 1250 2500 x 1600 

Construction height mm 180 200 200 280 

Travel mm 800 1000 1300 1600 

Travel mm 980 1200 1500 1880 

Lifting time sec. 17 14 18 34 

Capacity kW 1,1 2,3 2,3 2,9 

Weight kg 270 290 460 950 

77172 Ident. No. 208d 210d 213d 216d 



h Other lifting table models on request. 


Prod. Gr. 773 


Transport trolley 

carrying capacity 400 kg and with solid rubber wheels 

Angular frame with 4 steering wheels including 2 with wheel brakes, roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 

125 x 38 mm, heavy duty MDF panel with coated surface. 

Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue, plastic coated 

Loading area L x W mm 500 x 500 

Loading height mm 172 


Weight kg 13 

50267 Ident. No. 005 


DIN EN 1757-3 


2011/12 

1015


Platform trolleys 


Bogies / crate trolleys 


Application: for transport of Euronorm containers/plastic boxes 600 x 400 mm or 800 x 600 mm. 

Execution: angular frame with 4 steering wheels including 2 with wheel brakes, made of solid rubber, 

roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 125 x 38 mm. 


Ident. No. 065 Hook-in pushing handle made of steel tubing with plastic handle, for bogey600 x 400 mm, 

handle height approx. 900 mm. 

Ident. No. 085 Screw-on pushing handle made of steel tubing with plastic handle, for bogey 

800 x 600 mm, handle height approx. 950 mm. 

Loading area L x W mm 600 x 400 800 x 600 

Loading height mm 190 190 


External dimensions L x B mm 625 x 420 815 x 615 

Weight kg 9,5 13,4 

50267 Chassis Ident. No. 060 080 


50267 Pushing handle Ident. No. 065 085 


chassis ident. No. 060 


h Euronorm stacking container see No. 50059 110-282 page 929 Prod. Gr. 504 

Example with Euronorm stack container 



Handle trolley 


With screw-on pushing handle. Angular steel frame, 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels, with 2 wheel locks as 

standard feature, roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 125 x 38 mm, high strength MDF panel with coated surface. 




Weight kg 11 

50267 Ident. No. 015 



Platform trolley with foldable handle 

Prod. Gr. 504 

carrying capacity 150 / 250 kg and with solid rubber wheels 

Execution: 

•sheet metal platform with antislip mat, loading surface with all-around edge protection 

•pushing handle foldable by 90° to make the trolley fit into any nook, luggage boot or cabinet 

•2 fixed and 2 steering wheels with wheel lock, grey-blue, non-mark rubber tyres 

Paint: pushing handle grey, platform blue/grey 



Overall dimension L x W x D open/folded mm 750 x 490 x 860/190 920 x 630 x 860/215 

Platform height mm 140 175 

Wheel dimension mm 100 x 30 125 x 35 

Weight kg 9 18,6 

50268 Ident. No. 140 145 


Prod. Gr. 586 





Platform trolley with foldable handle 


Stackable due to folding end wall, and thus saves space when stored. Ergonomic handle arrangement 

keeps good body posture when pushing. Frame, 2 fixed wheels with 2 wheel brakes and 2 steering wheels, 

roller-bearing-mounted, Ø 180 x 50 mm, high strength MDF panel with coated surface. 




External dimensions D x W x H, open mm 1090 x 600 x 1040 

External dimensions D x W x H, folded mm 980 x 600 x 420 

Weight kg 22 

50268 Ident. No. 150 



Prod. Gr. 504 

1016 2011/12


Table trolleys 


Platform trolley 


Frame with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels, 2 wheel brakes included as standard feature, roller-bearingmounted, 

Ø 200 x 50 mm, high strength MDF panels with coated surface. 



Loading height mm 270 270 




50268 Ident. No. 155 160 



Prod. Gr. 504 



carrying capacity 600 kg, with 2 or 3 loading surfaces and solid rubber wheels 

Frame with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels, 2 wheel brakes included as standard feature, roller-bearingmounted, 

Ø 200x50mm, 2or 3high strength MDF panels with coated surface. 


Ident. No. 172-181 with 2 loading levels, level heights 280/900 mm 

Ident. No. 182-187 with 3 loading levels, level heights 280/590/900 mm 

Loading area L x W mm 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 


External dimensions L x W x H mm 970 x 520 x 900 1120 x 720 x 900 1320 x 820 x 900 

50268 with 2 loading surfaces Ident. No. 172 176 181 


50268 with 3 loading surfaces Ident. No. 182 186 187 


Prod. Gr. 504 




Tray trolleys 

carrying capacity 300 kg, with 2 or 3 loading surfaces and solid rubber wheels 

Execution: 

•sheet steel frame, with 2 or 3 oil- and waterproof tray bases, edge height 40 mm 

•with 2 fixed and 2 steering wheels standard with brakes, Ø 160 x 40 mm, solid rubber tyres, roller bearing 

mounted 

Colour: RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Ident. No. 210-212 with 2 loading levels, level heights 260/880 mm 

Ident. No. 214-216 with 3 loading levels, level heights 260/570/880 mm 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 218-220 oil-resistant rubber ribbed mat 3 mm thick, to be inserted into the tray bases 




50268 with 2 loading surfaces Ident. No. 210 212 


50268 with 3 loading surfaces Ident. No. 214 216 


50268 rubber ribbed mat Ident. No. 218 220 



Prod. Gr. 504 

Ident. No. 218-220 Rubber ribbed mats for tray bases 

2011/12 

1017




Multi-shelf trolleys with grid 

carrying capacity 600 kg, with 3 stage bases and solid rubber wheels 

Design variant: frame with 2 fixed and 2 steering rollers, as standard with 2 wheel blocks, roller-bearingmounted, 

Ø 200 x 50 mm, steel parts permanently plastic-coated, RAL 5010, gentian blue. 

Equipment: loading platform and 3 stage bases: high strength MDP panel, plastic-coated surface. Grid 

mesh size 100 x 50 mm 

Stage heights: grid frame every 100 mm. Stage bases are suspended in grid. 

Delivery: incl. 3 stage bases 

Ident. No. 195 and 205 individual stage bases, to expand the carriage with additional bases 



Load capacity per stage base kg 80 80 



50268 Ident. No. 192 202 


50268 Stage base Ident. No. 195 205 


incl. 3 stage bases 





Forklift tipping skip 

Application: an indispensable aid for collecting and transporting waste materials, bulk materials, chips and 

mass produced parts of all types. 

Execution: 

•water and oil-tight welded trough made of 2 mm sheet steel 

•tilting rack comes standard with integrated fork-lift pockets made from 3 mm sheet steel 

•manual tilting of the trough ensures emptying with no residue; with step plate and automatically locking 

protection against tipping over 

•easily movable with 2 fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels made of solid rubber Ø 200x50 mm, roller 

bearing. Both steering wheels with brakes, locks direction and motion. 

•with sieve and drain valve 1 /2" permanently installed, for environmentally friendly separation of solids and 

liquids 

•colour: RAL 5012, light blue, powder-coated 

D 

Dimensions of fork-lift pockets Contents Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D 

C 

Litre mm mm mm mm 

250 160 311 631 60 

400 160 436 756 60 

D 

600 160 436 756 60 

1000 230 796 1256 60 

A B A 

Capacity l 250 400 600 1000 

Internal dimensions of trough mm 1200 x 625 x 390 1150 x 750 x 590 1320 x 750 x 715 1320 x 1250 x 715 

L x W x H 

External dimensions L x W x H mm 1340 x 680 x 800 1300 x 810 x 975 1450 x 810 x 1100 1450 x 1310 x 1100 

Pouring edge height mm 800 790 850 850 


Weight kg 63 70 89 120 

50266 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 


h Other versions and special solutions on request; e. g. other shapes, colours or materials (e. g. stainless 

steel). 


Prod. Gr. 504 

1018 2011/12


Transport trolleys and sack trucks 


Transport trolleys 

folding 

Execution: 

•joint made of special plastics, aluminium and steel pipe 

•transport safety through tension straps 

•roller bearing mounted, puncture-proof polymer wheels Ø 200 x 40 mm 

Advantage: 

•ready to use in seconds – with one handle, dustpan and wheels are swung out simultaneously 

•folded up only 55 mm thick – therefore convenient to store anywhere 

Version Business Business XL 


Dustpans, folded mm 490 x 250 490 x 410 

Overall height open mm 1030 1130 

Overall height when folded in mm 685 735 

Dimensions when folded in mm 685 x 490 x 55 735 x 490 x 55 


50270 Ident. No. 060 070 


Prod. Gr. 504 



Folded up 

Barrow and luggage truck 

Execution: made of steel pipe with angled cross-struts; dustpan 4 mm thick, all models with wheel protection, safety hand grips, pneumatic wheels Ø 

260 x 85 mm with lug tread, roller bearing and automatic valve. 

Ident. No. 200 Luggage truck with stairway slide including plastic skid 

Paint: RAL 9006, white aluminium, powder-coated 




Overall height mm 1100 1100 1300 

Overall width mm 515 560 505 

Frame width mm 350 400 300 

Blade width/depth mm 350 x 170 400 x 160 300 x 260 

Weight kg 9 10 12,6 

LCD symbols yes no no 

50270 Ident. No. 100 110 200 


h steel bottle carriage see No. 54005 005-010 page 1318. 

Additional versions, advice and information available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

1019

Tool trolleys 

Tool and workshop trolleys 



Tool trolleys 

with 6 or 7 full extension drawers 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure, powder coated 

•plastic work plate is resistant to solvent, with 2 integrated tray compartments, for Ident. No. 572 in addition 

with can holders 

•individual fastening possibilities through square breadboard on the side walls, e. g. with hooks for tools 

or other add-on parts, e. g. can holder, paper basket etc. 

•inserted side walls protect the additionally attached add-on parts from damages, since they are within 

the carriage dimensions 

•individual locking system protects the drawers from unintentional opening. 

•central locking with cylinder lock secures all drawers, incl. 2 keys, same as Ident. No. 572 with 

2 articulated wrenches 

•plastic-coated metal sliding handle, directly fastened on the frame 

Ident. No. 560-570 

•drawers with roller guiding, 100% sliding out, inner drawer dimensions Width x depth 527 x 348 mm 

•carrying capacity 20 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 300 kg 

•4 rubber-tyred wheels Ø 100 mm, of which 2 steering wheels, 1 steering roller lockable, abrasion-proof tyres 


•drawers with ball-bearing telescope rails, 100 % sliding out, inner drawer dimensions 

width x depth 527 x 348 mm 

•carrying capacity 25 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 440 kg 

•reciprocal pull-out blocking of the drawers, only one drawer can be opened, thus the carriage is tilt-proof 

•vertical, continuous edge protection on all of the 4 vehicle edges 

•drawers with marking field for individual marking with pictograph labels 

•wheeled by 2 ball bearing fixed wheels and 2 steering wheels Ø 125 mm, with parking brake 

Ident. No. 575 a tool trolley with tool assortment consisting of 151 parts: 

•consisting of a tool trolley Ident. No. 570 with 7 drawers, 7 module hard foam inserts fitted with 

151 tools. The 7 module hard foam inserts fill 4 drawers of the tool wagon. For the contents of the individual 

fitted inserts refer to the four figures on the right and from page 1021 No. 50535. 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, drawers RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Scope of delivery: incl. 1 divider per drawer, for ident. No. 572 additional pictograph label for drawer marking. 

Accessories: 

•a module hard foam inserts, fitted with tools, for flexible equipment of the drawers, see 

No. 50535 505-590 page 1021 

•can holder, document holder, suspension box, cable drum, paper basket, paper roll holder, parallel vice, 

anti-slip mat, Rubber ribbed mat, additional partition sheets 

•tool hook for rectangular hole on the side walls, 

see No. 50638 300-650 page 939 


Tool trolley with 6 drawers 7 drawers 6 drawers 


Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth mm 527 x 348 527 x 348 527 x 348 

Drawer orifice height mm 4x80/2x165 6x80/1x165 3x75/ 3x160 


50278 Tool trolleys Ident. No. 560 570 572 


50278 Tool carriage incl. 7 hard foam Ident. No. – 575 – 

inserts and 151-parts tool assortment 

Unit price E – O. R. – 

50278 Anti-slip mat for drawer Ident. No. 578 


50278 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for Ident. No. 579 

drawer 


50278 5 additional partition sheet metals Ident. No. 580 

(60 x 347 mm) for drawers-panel 

height 80 mm 


50278 5 additional partition sheet metals Ident. No. 582 

(120 x 347 mm) for drawers-panel 

height 165 mm 


50278 Document holder DIN A4 Ident. No. 584 


50278 Can holder for 3 cans incl. installation Ident. No. 586 

kit 


50278 Attached box Ident. No. 588 


50278 Paper basket incl. installation kit Ident. No. 590 




Ident. No. 575 carriage with 7 hard foam inserts, 

fitted with tool assortment consisting 

of 151 parts: 

No. 50535 530 and 50535 509 



h For the contents of the individual fitted inserts see from page 1021 No. 50535. 

Detailed tool list on request. 

t Technical Hotline: +49(0)711 9813-360 



No. 50535 590 

1020 2011/12

Tool trolleys 

Module hard-foam inserts 



fitted with tools 

Application: 

•for flexible equipment of drawers of a tool carriages No. 50278 560-575 

•for a clear order and protected storage of tools in the drawers 

Execution: 

•two-coloured tool inserts made of polyethylene (PE), colour black/blue 

•by closed cells resistant against most of the oils and chemicals 

Advantage: 

•due to fitting sections and contrast colour blue you will immediately detect which tools are missing 

•the loss of tools is avoided 

•expensive tools will be kept safe and protected in the insert 

Ident. No. 505-534 Insert fills half of the useful surface of the drawer, L x D x H = 260 x 345 x 31 mm. 

Ident. No. 590 Insert fills the complete useful surface of the drawer, L x D x H = 520 x 345 x 31 mm. 

Individual hard foam inserts for each individual drawers: 

For tools from our current range of products, we also offer you the option of making hard foam inserts, 

tailor-made for existing drawer dimensions. You may select from two material thicknesses of 18 and 31 mm 

in various colours. 

Further information, advice and quotations available on request. 

t Technical Hotline +49 (0)711 9813-364. 


Individual hard foam insert 

Contents 1 a each double ring wrench 52055 

size 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17, 18x19, 

20x22 mm 

1 a each double open-end wrench 52009 

size 6x7, 8x9, 10x11, 12x13, 14x15, 16x17, 18x19, 

20x22, 21x23, 24x27, 30x32 mm 

1 a combination wrench each 52034 

size 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 

21, 22, 24 mm 

50535 Ident. No. 505 507 509 

Set price E O. R. O. R. O. R. 


Contents 1 a combination ratchet wrench 52044 

size 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 

22 mm 

each 1 a adapter 52044 for 1 / 4" bits, for 1 / 4", 

3 

/8", 1 /2"square 

a hex. offset screw driver 52139 9 parts; 

1 a cross-head screw driver each 52751 5.5 

x 100; 6.5 x 125; 8 x 150 mm 

1 a cross-point screw driver each 52787 

Gr. PH1, PH2, PH3, PZ1, PZ2 

a Torx screwdriver 52143 

TR 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40 

50535 Ident. No. 511 515 516 


Contents 

a flat-round pliers 53092 200 mm 

a combination pliers 53232 180 mm 

a water pump pliers 53417 250 mm 

a side cutter 53249 165 mm 

a round-nose pliers 53060 160 mm 

each 1 a retaining ring pliers 53135 J1, J2, 

J11, J21, A1, A2, A11, A21 

each 1 a VDE slot screwdriver 52726 2.5/ 

3.5/4.0/5.5/10.0 

each 1 a VDE cross-head screwdriver 52786 

size PH1, PH2, PZ0, PZ1, PZ2 

WIHA voltage tester 52722 

50535 Ident. No. 517 518 519 


2011/12 


1021

Tool trolleys 


(continued) 

Contents 

a VDE-round-nose pliers 53062 160 mm each 1 a hexagon screwdriver 52139 

a VDE-flat-round pliers 53092 200 mm straight size 2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 mm 

a VDE-flat round pliers 53092 200 mm bent 

a VDE-combination pliers 53232 180 mm 

a VDE side cutter 53250 160 mm 

a VDE-wire-stripping pliers 53572 160 mm 

each 1 a Torx screwdriver 52147 

T8, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T40, T45 

50535 Ident. No. 521 522 523 



Contents 

a pocket tape measure 37003 3 m 

a triangular hollow scraper 53705 150 mm 

ORION all-purpose shears 53723 180 mm 

ORION cutter 53643 165 mm 

telescope inspection mirror 52995 Ø 50 mm 

telescopic pick-up magnet 52995 holding force 6 kg 

LED handheld lamp Turbo (without batteries) 

a vernier calliper 31003 150 mm 

a external micrometer 31342 0-25 mm 

a knife-edge square 38126 75x50 mm 

a straight edge 37551 125 mm 

a back square 38059 100x70 mm 

ORION scale spring steel 37101 300 mm 

ORION marking needle 51315 160x5 mm 

ORION spring divider 35010 125 mm 

ORION feeler gauges 36183 20 leaf 0.05-1.00 mm 

a vernier calliper 31003 150 mm 

a pocket tape measure 37003 3 m 

a back square 38059 100x70 mm 

a bit box 52841 32 pcs. 


ORION All-purpose shears 53723 180 mm 

ORION scale spring steel 37101 300 mm 

LED hand-held lamp Turbo (without batteries) 

50535 Ident. No. 524 525 526 


Contents 

a engineering hammer 51188 500 g 

a carbide marking needle 51330 150 mm 

ORION chisel set 51262 6 pcs.; 

ORION pin punch set 51284 6 pcs.; 

GEDORE protective covering for hammer 

ORION warding files 51451 100 mm cut 2. 6 pcs. 

DICK files 51507 200 mm cut 2. 5 pcs. 

a socket wrench set with hex. inserts 1 /4" 

and 1 / 2", 35 pcs. Equipped as 58006 100 (however 

without box) 

50535 Ident. No. 527 529 530 


Contents a socket wrench set 1 / 4" 

a bit box 52841 32 pcs. 

a socket wrench set 1 / 2" 

a engineering hammer 51188 500 g 

a aluminium saw bow 51849 300 with blade 

a hand hacksaw blades 51648 300 mm 

10 pieces 

a carbide marking needle 51330 150 mm 

ORION soft-faced hammer 51215 Ø 30 mm 

ORION chisel set 51262 6 pcs. 

ORION pin punch set 51284 6 pcs. 


50535 Ident. No. 532 534 590 


h Individual hard foam inserts for each individual drawers! Information, advice and quotations available on request. 

t Technical Hotline +49 (0)711 9813-364. 

Prod. Gr. 547 

1022 

2011/12

Tool trolleys 



Tool trolleys 

with 4 removable drawers on both sides, locked with metal shutters 

Execution: stable steel sheet construction with large table top panel made of plastic with integrated tray 

compartments. 4 drawers can be pulled out to– both sides – protected against falling out - with free-moving 

captive ball-bearing guide ways. Spacious base container. 4 ball-bearing wheels, 2 steerable, 1 steering 

wheel position-lockable. Can be closed with metal shutters, Central locking with padlock. 

Fitted with: 4 drawers, panel height 45 mm, carrying capacity per drawer 20 kg. Fixed welded dividers in 

drawers: 

•drawer 1 + 2 = 3 longitudinal partitions each 

•drawer 3 = 1 cross partition 

•drawer 4 = without division 

Paint: RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated. 

Tool trolley with 

4 drawers 



Weight kg 41 

50278 Tool trolleys Ident. No. 500 


h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. 

Tool assortments see No. 52560 010 and 020 page 1031. Spare wheels on request. 

Prod. Gr. 588 


Tool trolleys 

with 6 removable drawers on both sides 

Execution: stable steel sheet construction with large table top panel made of plastic with integrated tray 

compartments. 6 drawers pull out both sides – secured against falling out – Drawer heights (4 x 75 mm; 

1x120mm; 1x210mm), carrying capacity 25kg. 4ball-bearing wheels, 2steerable, 1steering wheel 

position-lockable. Can be closed with central locking for padlock. Overall carrying capacity 300 kg. 



6 drawers 



Drawer orifice height mm 4 x 75/1 x 120/1 x 210 

Weight kg 39 



50278 Anti-slip mat set, 5 pieces, for inserting in drawers Ident. No. 512 


50278 Partition sheet metal for drawer height 75 mm Ident. No. 515 


h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. Tool assortments see No. 52560 010 and 020 page 1031. 

AQURADO textured mat for drawers see No. 50540 610 page 1068. Spare wheels on request. 

Prod. Gr. 588 



Tool trolleys 

with tilting poles 

Execution: stable steel sheet metal construction, consisting of table plate with rubber mat, 2 intermediate 

boxes with 4 separating sheets each for a variable division, large floor pan. With swivel columns for spacesaving 

transport, folded down to the lowest, space-saving height of the tool carriage which is used at the 

same time as carry handles. 4 rubber-tired wheels, thereof 2 steerable and blockable. Table top and intermediate 

drawers with rubber guard strips protect against damage. Lockable with padlock (padlock not 

included in the delivery). 


330 

650 

160 

900 

500 

965 

130 

160 

180 

300 

620 

415 

Space-saving transport 


Height lowered mm 500 

Usable surface of the intermediate boxes width x 

mm 480 x 315 

depth 

Load capacity per intermediate box kg 15 

Carrying capacity per table top kg 40 

Carrying capacity base tray kg 120 

Weight kg 25 

50277 Ident. No. 001 


without wire grip 

h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926. 

Tool assortments see No. 52560 010 and 020 page 1031. 

Prod. Gr. 588 

2011/12 

1023

Tool trolleys 





Tool trolleys 

with 5 full extension drawers 

Execution: 

•sturdy sheet steel frame with ABS plastic work plate with integrated tray compartments 

•rubberised edge protection profile on the vehicle edges protect the carriage against damage 

•individual fastening possibilities through square breadboard on the side walls, e.g. with hooks for tools or other add-on parts, (can holder, paper basket etc.) 

•drawers with telescopic full extension 100 %, carrying capacity 25 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 300 kg 

•individual locking of the drawers, integrated into the drawer orifice 

•reciprocal pull-out blocking, only one drawer can be opened, thus the carriage is tilt-proof 

•central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 bending keys 

•ergonomic driving and steering handle made of aluminium 

•2 large wheels in ball bearings Ø 140 mm, 2 steering wheels Ø 100 mm, thereof one with parking brake 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey and drawers RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder-coated 

Accessories: 

1 

•compartment, can holder, paper basket, partition sheets for drawers see Ident. No. 810-818 

•tool hook for rectangular hole on the side walls, see No. 50638 300-650 page 939 

3 


5 drawers 

2 



Drawer orifice height mm 2 x 65 / 2 x 140 / 1 x 215 

Overall load capacity kg 300 



50278 Storage compartment 1 Ident. No. 810 


50278 Can holder 2 Ident. No. 812 


50278 Paper bin 3 Ident. No. 814 


50278 Partition sheet metal (2 pieces) for drawers-panel height 65 mm Ident. No. 816 


50278 Partition sheet metal (2 pieces) for drawers-panel height 140 mm Ident. No. 818 


Prod. Gr. 501 

Ident. No. 800 with accessory 

Rectangular hole grid in the side walls 

for holding accessories 

Tool trolleys HAZET Assistant 

with rigid columns or tilting poles 

Execution: lowering, comprising table top, 2 intermediate boxes, under base container and 4 ball-bearing mounted rollers, of which 2 steerable and lockable. 

Colour: blue, powder-coated. 

Model 160 ST especially handy, lockable. For varied use as a tool cart during work and as a tool case for carrying. Intermediate boxes with 2divider panels 

each. The columns can be laid flat using a patented special hinge and then used as a carrying handle. Top panel and intermediate boxes can be pulled up using 

2 finger holes in the top panel. 

Model 162 C and 166 C comfortable operation for raising and lowering of the cover and intermediate shelves in two stages. Base container steel sheet, middle 

trays plastic, table-top plastic with integrated beech panel. Middle container suitable for holding HAZET tool modules, incl. 2 partition sheets each, can be individually 

partitioned. Can be lowered, working height approx. 1000 mm. Locking with padlock. Delivery includes large lockable steering wheels with Ø 125 mm, 

fixed wheels with Ø 150 mm, with dust and thread guards, all round rubber profiles. 

Model 162 C with rigid columns 

Model 166 C with tilting poles which – when folded down to the lowest space-saving height of the cart top – also serve as carrying handles. 

Model 160 ST Model 162 C Model 166 C 

Model 160 ST 162 C 166 C 


Height without columns or lowered mm 435 639 647 

Weight kg 16,5 25,6 27,6 

50273 without tool and accessories Ident. No. 005 015 025 


50274 1 set wheels (4 pieces) Ident. No. 085 087 


h Special tool assortments for tool trolley see No. 50276page 1030. Prod. Gr. 506 

1024 2011/12

Tool trolleys 




with intermediate trays and drawers 

Execution: made of profiled steel sheet, blue, powder-coated, with table top, 2 intermediate trays, base 

compartment, 4 rubber-tyred wheels, of which 2 are steerable and lockable, louver, mesh outer walls and 

rubber bumpers. 

Model 171 intermediate boxes divided into 3 compartments. With drawer on upper intermediate box, flat 

pull-out compartment on lower tray. Lockable, incl. padlock with 2 keys. 

Model 172 HD Dividing walls in the middle trays can be rearranged. With drawer on the higher of the 

middle trays. Lockable, incl. padlock with 2 keys. Very robust construction. 

Special accessories on request. 

Model 171 172 HD 

Height with handle mm 950 1020 

Width x Depth mm 700 x 485 850 x 510 

Width of roller shutter mm 460 580 

Load capacity static/ wheeled kg 500/300 900/400 


50274 Tool trolley, without tools Ident. No. 080 090 


50274 1 set wheels (4 pieces) Ident. No. 085 095 


Model 171 


Model 172 HD 


h Special tool assortments for tool trolley see No. 50276page 1030. Prod. Gr. 506 


Tool trolley HAZET Assistant 


The large volume corresponds to the growing needs of modern workshops. 

Execution: high quality processing, made of profiled sheet steel, protected by elastic edges. With central 

locking incl. 2 bending keys, locking side compartment and side pulled drawer. For safety reasons, only 

1 drawer can be opened at a time. Powder-coated blue. 

7 drawers H x W x D 70 x 696 x 397 mm, 100% extendable, ball bearing telescoping rails. 

1 drawer H x W x D 150 x 696 x 397 mm, 100% extendable, ball bearing telescoping rails. 

Carrying capacity per drawer 35 kg 

Scope of delivery: incl. 21 partition sheets (60 x 397 mm) for any division of the drawers. Additional 

accessories such as can holder, cable drum, paper roll holder or carriage with sturdy Multiplex wooden 

panel available on request. 

Model 173-1 


8 drawers 

Height x Width mm 1061 x 910 

Depth, above mm 466 

Depth, below mm 590 


Drawer orifice height mm 7 x 70/1 x 150 

Overall load capacity kg 750 

Weight kg 139 

50274 Ident. No. 100 


No contents 


Prod. Gr. 506 


Workshop cabinet trolley HAZET Assistant 


Execution: 

•made of profiled steel sheet, blue, powder-coated, with swivel section 

•4 wheels with ball bearing, of which 2 are steerable and lockable. The swivel section is supported by an 

additional steering wheel. Heavy, stable hinges between carriage and swivel section 

•the swivel section has a perforated wall (hole Ø 4.5 mm / distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 

15 mm) to hold clamping tool holders. In end position (180°), the swivel section can be locked by a slide 

•the main section has 5 drawers, 4 with 82 mm height and 1 with 166 mm height, carrying capacity 20 kg, 

can be pulled out 100 %, with variable dividers and edge protection 

•large floor space for bulky parts. With 2 revolving rubber bumpers 

•Cover with rubber mats and with hole for lights and equipped with rotating edge bead. Therefore, liquids 

such as oils etc. cannot penetrate inside the carriage 

•Side metal bag for DIN A4 drawings, order forms, cards etc. 

Optional: cable drum with 4 sockets, overload switch and 10 m cable with shockproof plug, VDE-tested, 

can be integrated in the cavity on the side wall of the carriage. 

Model 174 


5 drawers 


Length with swinging section open mm 1342 



Loading capacity stationary/mobile kg 700/400 

Weight kg 93,5 

50275 Workshop cabinet trolley without tools and cable drum Ident. No. 020 


No contents 

h Cable drum No. 161-3D on request. Prod. Gr. 506 

2011/12 

1025

Tool trolleys 






with 7 full extension drawers and crash protection 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure, powder coated 

•table top made of PE with small part compartments and can holders, resistant to gasoline, diesel, oils, 

skydrol (hydraulic liquid for aviation), bordering protects parts from falling down 

•stable driving handle made of steel pipe, powder coated, integrated into the table top 

•individual fastening possibilities through square breadboard on the side walls, e. g. with hooks for tools 

or other add-on parts (can holder, paper roll holder, paper basket etc.) 

•inserted side walls protect the additionally attached add-on parts from damages, since they are within 

the carriage dimensions 

•fastening of a vice possible, screwed to steel cover which is situated below 

•high quality chassis with 4 ball-bearing wheels, Ø 125 mm, thereof 2 steering rollers with brake, all 

wheels with thread guards, protects the bearing from dirt and threads 

•Colour blue, powder coated 

Model 178-7 

•pile protection edges on top and at the bottom 

•7 drawers guided on rollers, 100 % full extension, carrying capacity 20 kg per drawer 

•5 flat drawers 75 mm, 2 high drawers 160 mm 

•inner dimensions of drawer width x depth = 527 x 348 mm 

•2-stage locking conception: 

– central locking, lockable by means of cylinder lock with 2 bending keys 

– Individual locking of the drawers, integrated into the drawer orifice 

Model 179-7 

•vertical anti-ram protection on all of the four vehicle edges 

•7 drawers guided on rollers, 100 % full extension, carrying capacity 25 kg per drawer 

•5 flat drawers 75 mm, 2 high drawers 160 mm 

•inner dimensions of drawer width x depth = 527 x 398 mm 

•3-stage locking conception: 

– central locking, lockable by means of cylinder lock with 2 bending keys 

– Individual locking of the drawers, integrated into the drawer orifice 

– mutual drawer lock, minimized the risk of overturning 

Model 178-7 179-7 

Tool trolley with 7 drawers 7 drawers 

Height x Width x Depth mm 1040 x 817 x 502 1040 x 817 x 502 

Drawers -Internal dimensions: mm 527 x 348 527 x 398 

Drawer orifice height mm 5 x 75/2 x 160 5 x 75/2 x 160 


50274 Ident. No. 105 110 


h Tool trolley with other drawer sizes on request. Prod. Gr. 506 

Tool trolleys with add-on case HAZET-Assistant 

Version tool trolley: 

•innovative, sturdy pillar construction with integrated anti-ram protection 

•all pillars are suitable for the fixation of accessories 

•plastic work plate is resistant to solvent (carrying capacity approx. 125 kg), suitable for the storage of small parts 

•side walls and rear wall with rectangular hole grid for holding tool hooks and accessories 

•7 drawers with 100 % full extension, high carrying capacity with 30 kg per drawer 

•drawers Width x Depth 523 x 397 mm 

•5 drawers, panel height 80mm, 2 drawers 165 mm panel height 

•central locking with mutual drawer locking 

•possibility of individual locking for each drawer 

•cylinder lock with 2 bending keys 

•2 ball-bearing swivel castors each, 2 ball-bearing fixed castors, with 2 brakes 

•colour blue, powder coated, painting RAL 9006 white aluminium, available on request. 

Delivery: 2 partition sheets per drawer 

Variable extension options: side door, additional work plates made of wood or aluminium, document 

holder, cable drum, paper bin, paper roll holder, perforated panel, worktables and shelf bottom ensure an 

orderly workstation and are available on request. 

Execution of the add-on case: 

•the perfect supplement for tool carriage model 180 with an increase of the useful space by 50 %. 

•corpus with solvent resisting work plate, load-bearing capacity 30 kg 

•4 drawers, 100 % sliding out, drawers width x depth 523 x 397, carrying capacity 30 kg per drawer 

•central locking with mutual drawer locking 

•cylinder lock with 2 bending keys 

•total load-bearing capacity 175 kg 

•colour blue, powder coated, painting RAL 9006 white aluminium, available on request. 

Scope of delivery: incl. 4 connection bolts for easy installation on tool wagon model 180 

Model 180 K-4 180-7 

Tool trolley with / add-on case with 4 drawers 7 drawers 

Height x Width x Depth mm 459,5 x 730 x 575 1035 x 810 x 575 

Drawers -Internal dimensions: mm 523 x 397 523 x 397 

Drawer orifice height mm 4 x 80 5 x 80/2 x 165 

Weight kg 50 106,8 

50274 Ident. No. 150 120 








h Tool trolley with 6, 8 or 9 drawers on request. 

Tool trolley with paint coating RAL 9006 white aluminium on request. 


Prod. Gr. 506 

1026 2011/12

Tool trolleys 



Workshop trolleys series No. 97 

with 6 or 8 full extension drawers 

Execution: 

•with solid, sturdy multi-purpose work plate, oil- and Skydrol-resistant, with large storage trays and compartments 

for small parts, 11 holes for fitting the screwdrivers, files and scrapers and 2 round recesses 

as can holders 

•rubber skirting on the corpus edges protects the carriage against damage 

•paper roll and spray can fixtures on one side wall 

•individual side space usage with square hole grid for hooks 

•drawers with plastic grips, full extension 100 %, stopping mechanism executed by lightly lifting the drawer 

•carrying capacity 30 kg per drawer, total carrying capacity 350kg 

•tilting protection - built-in drawer lock, only one drawer may be open 

•central locking with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys, thereof one folding 

•two rigid and moveable, dual bearing, oil and acid resistant wheels each Ø 125 mm, thereof one with 

parking brake 

Accessories: 

•combinable with tool cases No. 94N and No. 94N/KM, with additional shelf No. 913/2 and multi-purpose 

stand No. 913/3 

•drawers can be equipped with STAHLWILLE standard or Tool-Control-System inserts 

Colour: optionally, corpus STAHLWILLE green, drawers STAHLWILLE grey, powder-coated 

or corpus RAL 3020 signal red, drawers STAHLWILLE grey, powder-coated 

or corpus RAL 7016 anthracite grey, drawers STAHLWILLE grey, powder-coated 




Model 97N/6KM 97H/8KM 


Dimensions H x W x D mm 933 x 780 x 540 1096 x 780 x 540 


Drawer orifice height mm 1 x 80 / 3 x 100 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 140 3 x 80 / 3 x 100 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 140 

Weight kg 49,2 55 

50279 green/grey Ident. No. 160 180 


50279 RAL 3020 signal red / grey Ident. No. 162 182 


50279 RAL 7016 anthracite grey Ident. No. 164 184 



Prod. Gr. 531 

2011/12 

1027

Tool trolleys 



Tool trolleys and add-on tool chest 


Execution: with a large work surface, drawers with smooth-running bal-bearing guideways secured against falling-out, low roller resistance due to the large 

wheels blue hammer finish-powder-coated. Drawers in silver. 

Model 1430 op-mounted tool box, H x L x W 305 x 625 x 400 mm, to place on tool wagons model 1580, 2000 and 2500, with 3 individually divisible drawers, fully 

extendable, basic configuration with 6 longitudinal dividers and 2 transverse dividers, central locking with a padlock, rubber covering, all-round edge protection. 

Model1580 H x B x T = 930 x 625 x 400 mm with 4 xtractable drawers on both sides, basic configuration with 8 longitudinal dividers and 2 cross dividers, 

bottom compartment, double-side doors, face panel with square holes, central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 keys, with pushing handle. 

Model1580 H x B x T = 930 x 625 x 400/525 mm, from overturning protected trapezoidal form, with 5 extractable drawers on both sides, basic configuration with 

10 longitudinal dividers and 2 cross dividers, 1 bottom compartment, double-side doors, central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 keys, with pushing handle. 

Model 2500 H x B x T = 960 x 625 x 400/545 mm, from overturning protected trapezoidal form, with 8 extractable drawers on one side, the upper 7 drawers can be 

divided separately, basic configuration with 10 longitudinal dividers and 2 cross dividers, central locking, lockable by means of cylinder incl. 2 keys, with pushing handle. 



Model 1430 Model 1580 Model 2000 Model 2500 

Model 1580 2000 2500 

Tool trolley with 4 drawers 5 drawers 8 drawers 

Lower width (chassis) mm 625 625 625 



50278 Tool trolleys Ident. No. 010 020 025 


50278 Top-mounted tool box model 1430 Ident. No. – 120 


h Padlocks see No. 50025 040 page 926 

Tool assortments see from No. 50276 page 1030. Spare wheels on request. 

Tool trolleys model 2004 

with 7 or 9 drawers 


Execution: stable sturdy tool wagon with extended operating convenience (for example single-handed 

operation of drawers). Safety locking device ensures precise catching of drawers during mobile operation. 

Work platform made of ABS with 3 shaped compartments for small parts and a wide and higher edge. 

Stable ergonomic driving and steering handle for self-assembly. Heavy duty chassis with 2 fixed wheelsØ 

200 mm and steering wheels Ø 125 mm, 1 with complete lock. All round impact protection bumper with 

heel protection. Stowage compartment on the handle side with perforated wall panel 9 x 33 mm for 

attaching accessories and tools. Locking side stowage area using the central locking of the drawers with 

with cylinder lock, with 4 removable drawers for small parts. Total carrying capacity over 500 kg. Colour 

GEDORIT blue, drawers GEDORIT silver, cover black. 

Ident. No. 040 with 7 drawers (5 x height 67 mm, 1 x height 137 mm, carrying capacity per drawer 40 kg 

for evenly distributed load, 1 x height 207 mm, carrying capacity 60 kg for evenly distributed 

load) 

Ident. No. 045 with 9 drawers (8 x height 67 mm, 1 x height 137 mm), carrying capacity per drawer 40 kg 


Ident. No. 200 wooden panel made of Multiplex beech wood, 30 mm thickness W x D 590 x 410 mm, to 

be inserted into the plastic cover in order to get an additional work space (illustration see 

model 2005) 

Delivery: the basic equipment includes 10 or 15 longitudinal and 2 or 3 cross dividers, 4 removable 

drawers for small parts and 2 spacing boxes 1500 ED-70K 

Accessories: Top-mounted tool box see Ident. No. 115, for tool trolley model 2005 

Model 2004 0511 2004 0810 



Drawers - internal dimensions width x depth mm 480 x 400 480 x 400 

Drawer orifice height mm 5 x 67/1 x 137/1 x 207 8 x 67/1 x 137 

Overall load capacity kg 500 500 


50278 Ident. No. 040 045 


50278 Wooden panel for plastic cover Ident. No. 200 


h Tool trolleys with other drawer variants on request. Tool assortments see from No. 50276 page 1030. 

Spare wheels on request. 

Prod. Gr. 530 


grinding face (without contents) 

Prod. Gr. 530 

1028 2011/12

Tool trolleys 



Tool trolleys model 2005 and tool box model 2430 

Execution: 

•with 7 or 8 particularly wide drawers, internal dimensions width x depth 640 x 400 mm, load capacity 

40 kg with evenly distributed load, lower drawer load capacity 60 kg with evenly distributed load, ballbearing, 

100 % full extension, all individually partitioned 

•suited for fixture of torque wrenches or other long tools 

•one-hand operation with safety locking prevents from unintentional opening during the travel 

•working platform made of ABS, with 3 shaped small compartments and increased, wide border, 

oil and acid resistant 

•both side walls with square perforation 9x9 mm, distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 33 mm 

•stable ergonomic driving and steering handle for self-assembly 

•central locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

•heavy duty chassis with high-capacity wheels on roller bearings, 2 fixed wheels each Ø 200 mm and 

steering rollers Ø 125 mm, one with complete stop 

•circumferential impact protection bumper with heel protection 

•GEDORIT blue, drawers GEDORIT silver, cover black 

•total load-bearing capacity up to 500 kg 

Scope of delivery: basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal and 2 cross parts 

Ident. No. 115 tool chest, H x W x L 345 x 435 x 775 mm, as crown for carriages model 2002, 2002 SF, 

2003, 2004 and 2005. With 3 drawers, internal dimensions WxD 640 x 400 mm, height 

67 mm, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load, 100 % full extension. central 

locking with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys. GEBORIT blue, drawers GEBORIT silver, cover black. 

Scope of delivery: incl. 6 longitudinal and 2 cross parts 

Ident. No. 200 wooden panel made of Multiplex beech wood, 30 mm thickness W x D 590 x 410 mm, to 

be inserted into the plastic cover. 


775 

435 max 390 

435 max 390 

985 

640x400x67 

640x400x137 

640x400x207 

640x400x67 

640x400x207 



Model 2005 0511 2005 0701 2430 

Tool trolley with / tool box with 7 drawers 8 drawers 3 drawers 



Drawer orifice height mm 5 x 67/1 x 137/1 x 207 7 x 67/1 x 207 3 x 67 



50278 Tool trolleys Ident. No. 070 075 – 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) – 

50278 Tool box Ident. No. – – 115 

Unit price E – – (O. R.) 

50278 Wooden panel for plastic cover Ident. No. 200 




h Tool trolleys with other drawer variants on request. Prod. Gr. 530 


Tool trolleys model TANTO 3000 

with 7 drawers 

Execution: with large working surface and 7 extractable drawers – secured against being pulled out with 

– smooth-running ball-bearing guideways, of which 6 pieces front height 79 mm, 1 piece front height 

205 mm. 

Central locking, lockable by means of cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys. Low rolling resistance thanks to large 

wheels, 2 fixed wheels each Ø 200 mm and steering rollers Ø 125 mm, one with complete stop. Total carrying 

capacity more than 400 kg. Stove-enamelled, blue hammer finish-powder-coated, drawers in silver. 

Scope of delivery: the basic configuration contains 10 longitudinal, 2 diagonal dividers and 2 antiskid 

mats for drawers. 

Model TANTO 3000 


7 drawers 

Height (without handle) mm 920 

Width x Depth mm 585 x 485 



Weight kg 67 

50278 Tool trolley (without tools) Ident. No. 030 


Prod. Gr. 530 


2011/12 

1029

Tool trolleys 

Tool assortments 




Ident. No. 032 for passenger car maintenance, 117-parts 

Ident. No. 035 for industrial use, 95-part 

12 Hexagon socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 6.3 = 1 / 4" 4-14 2 Adjustable open-ended spanner 158, 255 

3 Screwdriver inserts for hexagon socket screwsV Drive rated size 6.3 = 1 /4" 3-5 10 Double open-ended spanner 6 x7 - 30 x 32 

1 Reversible ratchet 115/6,3 = 1 / 4" 10 Double ring spanner 6 x 7-30 x 32 

1 T-handle 115/6,3 = 1 / 4" 2 Flat chisel 18 x 150, 24 x 200 

1 Spin handle 134/6.3 = 1 /4" 1 Cross-cut chisel 6 x 150 

2 Extension 55, 147 / 6.3 = 1 / 4" 2 Drift punches 2 x 120, 4 x 120 

1 Universal joint 36.5 / 6.3 = 1 / 4" 1 Centre punch 120 

21 Socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 12.5 = 1 /2" 10-34 3 Universal pliers 180, 260, 310 

1 T-handle 298/12.5 = 1 / 2" 1 Screwdriver 1.0 x 5.5 x 125 

1 Reversible ratchet 275/12.5 = 1 / 2" 1 Screwdriver 1.2 x 8.0 x 150 

2 Extensions 123, 248/12.5 = 1 / 2" 1 Screwdriver 1.6 x 10.0 x 175 

1 Universal joint 70 / 12.5 = 1 / 2" 1 Screwdriver 0.4 x 2.5 x 75 

2 Flat chisel, 18 x 150, 24 x 200 1 Screwdriver 0.5 x 3.0 x 80 

1 Centre punch 10 x 120 1 Screwdriver 0.6 x 3.5 x100 

4 Cotter pin drifts 150, Ø 3, 4, 5 and 6 1 Screwdriver 0.8 x 4.0 x 100 

1 flat scraper 150 1 Screwdriver PH1, 80 

1 Plastic-faced hammer Ø 35 1 Screwdriver PH2, 100 

1 Magnetic finder 545 Ø 15 1 Screwdriver PH3, 147 

1 Set of offset screwdrivers 015, 02, 025, 03, 04, 05, 06, 08, 10 1 Screwdriver PZ1, 73 

1 Machinist's hammer 500 g 1 Screwdriver PZ2, 94.5 

1 Feeler gauges 0.05 - 1.0 13 Hexagon socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 6.3 = 1 / 4" 4-14 

1 Tape measure, 2 m 1 Reversible ratchet 115/6,3 = 1 /4" 

17 Combination spanner 6-24 1 Jointed handle 143/6.3 = 1 / 4" 

9 Double ring spanner 6 x 7- 21 x 23 1 T-handle 115/6,3 = 1 / 4" 

1 Screwdriver 1 x 5.5 x 25 1 Spin handle 133/6.3 = 1 /4" 

1 Screwdriver PH2, 25 2 Extensions 55, 147/6,3 = 1 / 4" 

1 Screwdriver 0.4 x 2.5 x 75 1 Universal joint 

1 Screwdriver 0.5 x 3 x 160 19 Hexagon socket wrench inserts V Drive rated size 12.5 = 1 /2" 10-34 

1 Screwdriver 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 1 T-handle 298/12.5 = 1 / 2" 

1 Screwdriver 0.8 x 4 x 100 1 Reversible ratchet 275/12.5 = 1 / 2" 

1 Screwdriver 1.2 x 6.5 x 150 2 Extensions 123, 248/12.5 = 1 /2" 

1 Screwdriver 1.2 x 8 x 150 1 Universal joint 12.5 = 1 / 2" 

1 Screwdriver PH1, 80 1 Side cutters 180 

1 Screwdriver PH2, 100 1 End cutters 170 

1 Universal pliers 260 1 Snipe nose pliers 200 

1 Heavy-duty side cutters 180 1 Plastic-faced hammer Ø 35 

1 Flat-round pliers 165 1 Hacksaw 390 with sheet 

1 Junior hacksaw 252 with sheet 

1 Machinist's hammer 500 g 

1 Tape measure, 2 m 

50276 Assortment, 117 pieces Ident. No. 032 


50276 Assortment, 95 pieces Ident. No. 035 


Prod. Gr. 506 

1030 2011/12

Tool trolleys 




Ident. No. 010 for industrial electronic engineers, 92 pieces 

Ident. No. 020 for industrial mechanics, 78 pieces 

1 Spirit level 500 mm 

1 Machinist's hammer 0,4 kg 1 Machinist's hammer 0.5 kg 

1 Plastic-faced hammer D 32 1 Plastic-faced hammer D 40 

1 Half round file 200 mm, cut 2 6 Chisel, in a metal case 

1 File handles made of hardwood, 110 mm long 1 Blind riveting gun, model NTS in set 

6 Warding files, 100 mm, cut 2 1 Scriber with steel tip, 165 mm 

1 Mini universal saw 240 mm 1 Flat blunt-ended file 200 mm, cut 2 

8 Combination wrench 8-19 mm 1 Round file 200 mm, cut 2 

6 Hexagonal screwdriver 2-6 mm, in plastic pocket 1 Half round file 200 mm, cut 2 

1 Socket wrench 1/4" -42 pieces 1 Triangular file 200 mm, cut 2 

7 VDE slotted screwdrivers 4 File handles made of hardwood, 110 mm 

1 Long nose pliers 160 mm, chrome-plated, VDE 1 Triangular hollow scraper, chrome vanadium. 150 mm 

1 Flat-round pliers 200 mm, chrome-plated, angled 45 G, VDE 1 Hacksaw for 300 mm blades 

1 Combination pliers 180 mm, chrome-plated VDE 10 Hand hacksaw blade HSS-Bi.Flex. 300 mm, 24 teeth 

1 Side cutters VDE 140 mm 12 Combination wrench size 10-32 mm 

1 All-purpose shears, straight, 190 mm 8 Allen keys 2-10 mm, in plastic pouch 

1 Crimpers for insulated connectors, 210 mm 6 Screwdrivers in box 

1 Universal key, metal, for electrical cabinets 1 Water pump pliers 250 mm 

1 Combined contact screwdriver 1 Pipe pliers 1 1 / 2 ", 425 mm 

1 Universal cable knife 1 Heavy-duty side cutters, bright 160 mm 

1 Cable sheathing stripper 1 Combination pliers, blank 180 mm 

1 Round-nose pliers 160 mm, chrome-plated VDE 1 Triple pliers chrome-plated, 160 mm 

1 Side cutters 160 mm, chrome-plated VDE 1 Circlip pliers for straight 

19-60 mm diameter type J 2 

1 Water pump pliers 250 mm 1 Circlip pliers for straight 

19-60 mm diameter type A 2 

1 Cable and installation knife 1 Tinsnips, special steel, left-handed, 250 mm 

1 Automatic-wire-stripping pliers 1 Tinsnips, special steel, right-handed, 250 mm 

1 Voltage tester 1 Socket wrench set 1 / 2 " square in metal case; 13-part 

1 Wire-stripping pliers 160 mm 1 Angled mole grips 250 mm 

1 Wooden folding rule 2 m 1 Pocket tape measure 3 m 

1 Precision pocket Vernier calliper 150 mm 

1Universal safety specs 

1 Safety knife with 3 blades 

1 pair of work gloves 

Assortment, 92 pieces 

Assortment, 78 pieces 

52560 Ident. No. 010 020 

Set price E O. R. O. R. 


Prod. Gr. 580 

2011/12 

1031


Protective housing and computer cabinets 


Protective housing for flat screens / keyboard compartments / PC holder 


Application: 

•for a safe and protected accommodation of flat screen up to 19" 

•can be installed in a flexible manner of tool cabinets, workbenches or worktables 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure, lockable window made of polycarbonate 

•rear wall with ventilation slots and cable passage 

Ident. No. 550 Keyboard compartment, can be installed below the housing 

Ident. No. 600 PC holder, for fixture of computer housings up to a width of 200 mm, can be installed at 

any workstation. 

Colour: RAL 7035 light grey, powder-coated 


Example of use 



without screen 

Version protective housing keyboard compartment PC holder 

For housing width up to mm – – 200 

External dimensions H x W x D mm 500 x 520 x 250 150 x 520 x 250 250 x 210 x 675 

Dimensions housing opening (orifice) H x W mm 380 x 460 – – 

Clear depth mm 235 – – 

50052 Ident. No. 500 550 600 





Computer cabinets 

for flat screen workstations 

Application: 

for safe and protected accommodation of flat screens up to 19", as screen work station in 

manufacturing and storage areas. 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure with a lockable door incl. 2 keys 

•suited for fixture of flat screen up to 19" 

•rear wall with ventilation slots and integrated fan as protection against dirt and excessive heating 

•fitted with 3 galvanised shelves, height-adjustable 

•keyboard support with tilting cover and palm rest 

•removal shelf for mouse on the right side 

•built-in 4x socket board 230 V with on/off switch and 1.5 m connection cable 

Colour: 

•corpus, keyboard cover, mouse pad RAL 7035 light grey, powder coated 

•door, keyboard pad RAL 5010 gentian blue, powder coated 

Ident. No. 400 model with legs, level compensation and checker plate cover for foot support 

Ident. No. 410 model with 4 steering rollers, thereof 2 with wheel brakes 

Prod. Gr. 501 



Model with supporting legs mobile version No contents 

Version with legs wheeled 

External dimensions H x W x D mm 1750 x 550 x 750 1850 x 550 x 750 

Cabinet housing, clear H x W x D mm 1630 x 485 x 400 1630 x 485 x 400 

Acrylic glass cut-out H x W mm 320 x 420 320 x 420 

Shelf Unit 3 3 

Carrying capacity per shelf kg 50 50 

shelf W x D mm 545 x 345 545 x 345 


50052 Ident. No. 400 410 


Prod. Gr. 501 


1032 2011/12


Protective housing and computer cabinets 


Modular computer cabinets 


Combine your own computer workstation from modular components. 

It protects sensitive computer hardware against dirt and dust in manufacturing and storage areas. In addition 

to a monitor housing, two cabinet widths 722 and 1022 mm are available, either with fork-lift compatible 

base with removable screen, or mobile with 2 fixed and 2 lockable steering wheels. 

Monitor housing Ident. No. 605 

Application: 

•for safe and protected accommodation of flat screens up to 26" (see under 'Execution') 

•installation as a unit in combination with modular cabinets Ident. No. 610-625, or on top of other tool 

cabinets, workbenches or worktables 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure, lockable inspection window door made of polycarbonate 

•external dimensions H x W x D 690 x 722 x 320 mm, 

clear internal dimension H x W x D 480 x 720 x 285 mm 

•with keyboard slide-out tray, width x depth 605 x 250 mm 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder coated 

Module cabinets ident. no. 610-625 

Application: 

•for a safe and protected accommodation of computer, printer, scanner etc. 

•can be combined with monitor housing Ident. No. 605 into a computer workstation 

Execution: 

•stable steel sheet metal structure, standard equipment with plastic-coated cover panel 8 mm and hinged 

doors 

•cable passages in the rear and top panel provided for connection to networks and machine interfaces 

•rear wall with ventilation slots and integrated fan as protection against dirt and excessive heating 

•built-in 4x socket board 230 V with on/off switch and 1.5 m connection cable 

Ident. No. 610-615 

•behind the doors fitted with one height adjustable shelf, W x D 700 x 485 mm, carrying capacity 40 kg 


Ident. No. 620-625 

•one partition behind the doors; on the left fitted with one height-adjustable shelf, 

W x D 700 x 485 mm, carrying capacity 40 kg for evenly distributed load, on the right room for storage 

of a computer housing 

Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, door RAL 5010, gentian blue, forklift compatible base 

RAL 7021 black grey powder-coated 




Example with 

ident. no. 605 and 610 


Example with 

ident. no. 605 and 620 


Width mm 722 1022 

Version with fork-lift compatible base wheeled with fork-lift compatible base wheeled 

Height mm 1036 1030 1036 1030 

Depth mm 553 553 553 553 

50052 Cabinet Ident. No. 610 615 620 625 


50052 Monitor housing Ident. No. 605 


Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1033


Clothing cabinets and wardrobes 


Lockers 


Execution: 

•stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with safety bevels to prevent injuries 

•available with compartment width 300 and 400 mm, with 150 mm feet (overall height 1850 mm) or 

100 mm plinth (overall height 1800 mm) 

•interior equipment per compartment: fixed hat shelf, clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks 

•reinforced doors, hinged on right on internal hinges, with ventilation slots and punched label frame, 

smooth shelves for easy cleaning 

•rotary bolt lock for padlock, Ident. No. 900:safety cylinder lock each door 

Paint: corpus in RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete 

RAL 7035 light grey 

compartments Number 2 3 4 2 3 

Compartment width mm 300 300 300 400 400 

Width mm 600 900 1200 800 1200 

Depth mm 500 500 500 500 500 

50100 with legs RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. 002 003 004 012 013 


50101 with base RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. 002 003 004 012 013 


50100 with legs RAL 7035 Ident. No. 020 030 040 042 043 


50101 with base RAL 7035 Ident. No. 022 023 024 032 033 


50101 Extra charge for cylinder lock each door Ident. No. 900 







Locker with bench frame 


Execution: 

•sturdy, spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with bench underframe made of square tubing, with 

height-adjustable plastic feet, seat panels made of light grey pvc, reinforced with wooden insert 

•interior equipment per compartment: fixed hat shelf, clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks 



•rotary bolt lock for padlock, Ident. No. 900:safety cylinder lock each door 

Paint: body RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue, or completely 

RAL 7035 light grey, bench underframe RAL 7016 anthracite grey. 

Compartments Number 2 3 4 2 3 


Width mm 600 900 1200 800 1200 

depth (incl. 300 mm deep bench) mm 800 800 800 800 800 

height (incl. underframe 400 mm) mm 2135 2135 2135 2135 2135 

50101 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 102 103 104 112 113 


50101 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 122 123 124 132 133 


50101 Extra charge for cylinder lock each Ident. No. 900 

door 






Compartment lockers for valuables 

Version: 

•stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with base 150 mm height 

•smooth doors with punched label frame, hinged on the right, turning on rotary bolts, inset type (noise damping 

through rubber buffers), clearance for door opening approx. 300 mm high and approx. 230 mm wide 

•smooth floor with no raised edging, so easy to clean 

•locks with safety cylinder lock, each 2 keys 

Paint: corpus in RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey 

Compartment width mm 300 400 

Compartments Number 5 10 5 10 

Overall width x Depth mm 300 x 500 600 x 500 400 x 500 800 x 500 

Overall height mm 1850 1850 1850 1850 

50109 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 002 004 006 008 


50109 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 010 020 030 040 


Prod. Gr. 504 



1034 2011/12


Clothing cabinets and wardrobes 


Lockers 


Execution: 

•stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with safety bevels to prevent injuries 

•available with compartment width 300 or 400 mm, with 150 mm feet (overall height 1850 mm) or 100 

mm plinth (overall height 1800 mm) 

•two separate superimposed shelves on each side, for optimum use of space 

•interior equipment per compartment: a clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks 



•rotary bolt lock for padlock, available at extra charge with safety cylinder lock for each door 


On request: with perforated sheet metal doors, central locking system and other colours. 

Paint: corpus in RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete 

RAL 7035 light grey 

Parts Number 2 3 4 2 3 



Width mm 600 900 1200 800 1200 

Depth mm 500 500 500 500 500 

50101 with legs RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. 202 203 204 212 213 


50101 with legs RAL 7035 Ident. No. 222 223 224 232 233 


50101 with base RAL 7035/5010 Ident. No. 242 243 244 252 253 


50101 with base RAL 7035 Ident. No. 262 263 264 272 273 


50101 Extra charge for cylinder lock each door Ident. No. 900 






Lockers with bench underframe 


Execution: 

•sturdy, spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with bench underframe made of square tubing, with 

height-adjustable plastic feet, seat panels made of light grey PVC, reinforced with wooden insert 

•optional with compartment width 300 or 400 mm 

•two separate superimposed shelves on each side, for optimum use of space 

•interior equipment per compartment: a clothes rail with 3 movable clothes hooks 



•rotary bolt lock for padlock, available at extra charge with safety cylinder lock for each door 


On request: with perforated sheet metal doors, central locking system and other colours. 

Paint: body RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue, or completely 

RAL 7035 light grey, bench underframe RAL 7016 anthracite grey. 

Parts Number 2 3 4 2 3 



Width mm 600 900 1200 800 1200 

Depth (incl. 300 mm deep bench) mm 800 800 800 800 800 

Height (incl. underframe 400 mm) mm 2135 2135 2135 2135 2135 

50101 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 302 303 304 312 313 


50101 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 322 323 324 332 333 


50101 Extra charge for cylinder lock each 

door 







2011/12 

1035


Hinged door cabinets 




Height mm 1000 1000 1030 

Width mm 500 1000 1000 

Depth mm 500 500 500 

Carrying capacity per shelf with uniformly distributed load kg 50 50 60 

Drawer fitting possible yes yes yes 

Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load kg 40 40 50 

Art. No. 50032 50032 50053 



Height mm 1800 1950 1950 

Width mm 600 950 1000 

Depth mm 500 450 500 

Carrying capacity per shelf with uniformly distributed load kg 15/30 50 60 

Drawer fitting possible no no yes 

Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load kg - - 50 

Art. No. 50108 50046 50053 


Height mm 1950 1950 1950 

Width mm 1000/1200/1500 1000 1000 

Depth mm 400/500/600 400/500 600 

Carrying capacity per shelf with uniformly distributed load kg 80 110 80/160 

Drawer fitting possible no no yes 

Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly distributed load kg - - 110 

Art. No. 50045 50048 50047 


1036 2011/12




Tool cabinets 

with drawers and shelves 

Execution: 

•cabinet housing made of sheet steel with 3-side anti-roll-off edging 

•drawers made of steel sheet, 90 mm high with telescopic full extension, carrying capacity 40 kg per drawer for evenly distributed load 

•galvanised shelves, sturdy design, height-adjustable, carrying capacity 50 kg per shelf for evenly distributed load 

•bowl handle doors, locked with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

•colour of coating: corpus and drawers RAL 7035, light grey / doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

h Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1041. 

Advantage: due to the grid spacing, you can mount the cabinets with other shelves and drawers besides the standard configuration. 


Height x Width x Depth mm 1000 x 500 x 500 1000x1000x500 

without dividing wall 

1000x1000x500 

with dividing wall 

Drawer height 90 mm Number 1 2 2 


Shelves, galvanised, fixed version, height-adjustable Number 2 2 4 

Shelf Width x Depth mm 425 x 430 925 x 430 425 x 430 

50032 RAL 7035/RAL 5010 Ident. No. 002 004 006 


50032 other colours Ident. No. 012 014 016 


50032 Additional shelf, fixed, galvanised Ident. No. 020 025 020 


50032 Additional shelf, extractable, galvanised Ident. No. 030 035 030 


50032 Additional drawer height 90 mm, full extension, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 040 


i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036. Prod. Gr. 504 



Writing desk tops 

Execution: housing made of sheet steel for pens and work materials, folding cover with wooden insert, 

lockable with cylinder lock. 

Application: as crown for cabinets No. 50032. 


h Other colours available at no extra cost, see RAL colours table below page 1045. 

External dimensions Width x Depth x Height mm 500 x 500 x 270 

Colour of coating RAL 7035, light grey Other colours 


50044 Ident. No. 010 015 



2011/12 

1037






Ident. No. 010 with stowage and 3 drawers secured to prevent items from falling out. Safety lock. Colour GEDORIT blue, drawers colour GEDORIT silver. 

Ident. No. 020 especially suitable for placement on workbench. Sheet steel construction with lockable metal shutter with cylinder lock and steel perforated 

rear panel 9 x 9 mm, distance from centre of hole to centre of hole 33 mm. Complete with assortment of hooks and built-in holders. Colour 

GEDORIT blue, drawers and shutter colour GEDORIT silver. 


No contents 

No contents 


Weight (without tool set) kg 33 78 

50023 Cabinet without tool set Ident. No. 010 020 


h Tool assortments see from No. 50276 page 1030. 

i Selection overview hinged door cabinets page 1036. 

Prod. Gr. 530 



Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet doors 

carrying capacity 50 kg per shelf 

Execution: 

•stable spot-welded steel sheet metal structure with base 

•high quality enamel finish 

•safety bevels to prevent injuries 

•2 reinforced hinged doors, supported in 6 stable, internal pintails 

•4 galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 50 mm adjustable 

•carrying capacity per shelf 50 kg, with evenly distributed load 

•can be locked with three-bar safety leverage and black turning knob with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Paint: optionally corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete painting 

RAL 7035 light grey or RAL 6011 Reseda green 


Shelf Unit 4 

Carrying capacity per shelf kg 50 

50045 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 010 


50045 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 012 


50045 RAL 6011 Ident. No. 014 






1038 2011/12




Multi-purpose lockers with solid sheet doors 

Version: 


•smooth doors, overlay type (noise damping through rubber buffers), with integrated reinforcement, 

hinged on the left and right 

•smooth shelves without raised edges make the lockers easy to clean, ventilation provided by means of 

hole rings in the rear wall 

•locks with safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey. 

Other RAL colours available on request. 

Internal partitioning 

left and right 

hat shelf, 

clothes hanger rail 

and hook 

left 4 

shelves, right 

clothes 

rails and hooks 

left 4 

shelves, right 

5 pole holders 

4 

continuous 

shelves 

Overall width x depth mm 600 x 500 600 x 500 600 x 500 600 x 500 

Overall height mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 

50108 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 002 007 015 025 


50108 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 005 010 020 030 







Prod. Gr. 504 


Clothing and filing cabinets with solid sheet doors 


Execution: 


•hinged doors with vertical box-type reinforcement, doors turning on rotary bolts 

•interior equipment: one fixed hat shelf, underneath a partition; on the left: with 3 shelves, painted RAL 

7035 light grey, height-adjustable in steps of 50 mm each, carrying capacity per shelf 30 kg for evenly 

distributed load on the right: slide-out clothes rail 

•locks with three-bolt safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue or complete RAL 7035 light grey. 

Other colours available on request. 

Dimensions Height x Width x Depth mm 1950 x 950 x 450 

Weight kg 73 

50046 RAL 7035/RAL 5010 Ident. No. 035 


50046 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 040 





2011/12 

1039




Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet or glazed doors 


Execution: 

•sturdy, welded sheet steel frame with plinth, with either solid sheet or glazed doors with unbreakable acrylic glass 

•4 galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 17 mm adjustable, carrying capacity per shelf 80 kg for evenly distributed load 

•inset-type doors turning on rotary bolts, doors reinforced by box-type profile on inside, double-edged on all sides 


•overall load capacity of the cabinet 400 kg 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder coated 

On request: carrying capacity per shelf 100 kg for evenly distributed load, DOM locking system (matching HK tool cabinets, HK tool shelves, HK workbenches) 

and other paintings. 


with galvanised shelves, 

height-adjustable 

with solid sheet doors 


with glazed doors 


Width mm 1000 1200 1500 

Height mm 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 

Depth mm 400 500 600 400 500 600 400 500 600 

Shelf Unit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

Carrying capacity per shelf kg 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 

50045 with solid sheet doors Ident. No. 104 105 106 124 125 126 154 155 156 


50045 with inspection window door Ident. No. 204 205 206 224 225 226 – – – 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) – – – 

50045 Additional shelf, galvanised Ident. No. 304 305 306 324 325 326 354 355 356 




Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet doors and AKZENT ceiling 

carrying capacity per shelf 110 kg 

Execution: 

•sturdy sheet steel frame with plinth, for storage of heavy items 

•4 painted shelves can be screwed in at 30 mm adjustable, carrying capacity per shelf 110 kg with evenly 

distributed weight 

•doors with noise damping, box-shaped door reinforcement, door mounting in sturdy steel bolts 


•overall load capacity of the cabinet 800 kg 

Accessories: 

Ident. No. 010 and 020: Compartment dividers for dividing the shelves 

Colour: optionally, corpus and ceiling RAL 7035 light grey, doors RAL 5010 gentian blue or corpus and doors 

RAL 7035 light grey, ceiling RAL 5010 gentian blue or completely RAL 7035 light grey, powder-coated 

Depth mm 400 500 

Width mm 1000 1000 

Height mm 1950 1950 

Shelf Number 4 4 

Carrying capacity per shelf kg 110 110 

50048 corpus, ceiling RAL 7035, doors RAL 5010 Ident. No. 002 012 


50048 corpus, doors RAL 7035, ceiling RAL 5010 Ident. No. 004 014 


50048 completely RAL 7035 Ident. No. 006 016 


50048 Additional shelf, painted RAL 7035 Ident. No. 008 018 


50048 Compartment divider for shelves, painted RAL 7035 Ident. No. 010 020 



Ident. No. 004 and 014 with coloured 

AKZENT ceiling 


1040 2011/12




Hinged door cabinets with solid sheet doors 


All elements with a given width can be freely combined with each other. 

Execution: 

•housing: welded steel sheet construction 

•grid system: shelves and drawers adjustable in 30:30 mm increments 

•doors: folded and reinforced 

•drawers: ball bearing, full extension, carrying capacity 50 kg evenly distributed. width x depth 

•safety lock: for secure locking of the cabinets 

400 x 395 mm or 900 x 395 mm 

•rails: plugged in, so that rapid change-over is possible •shelf, fixed: height adjustable, load-bearing capacity 60 kg evenly distributed 

•shelf, removable: ball bearing, full extension, load-bearing capacity 50 kg evenly distributed 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Ident. No. 406 (without contents) Ident. No. 410 (without contents) Ident. No. 420 (without contents) 


Useful height mm 900 1840 1840 

Version 

1 drawer 

front height 90 mm, 

2 shelves, fixed 

2 drawers 

front height 90 mm, 

4 shelves, fixed 

2 drawers, front height 

90 mm, 6 shelves, 

fixed with partition 


50053 Standard version complete, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 406 410 420 


50053 Standard version, complete, other colours* Ident. No. 408 415 425 


50053 Housing, with folding doors, without insert arrangement, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 430 440 450 


50053 Housing, with folding doors, without insert arrangement, other colours* Ident. No. 435 445 455 


50053 Drawer front height 90 mm, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 700 600 


50053 Drawer front height 90 mm, other colours* Ident. No. 705 605 


50053 Drawer front height 150 mm, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 710 610 


50053 Drawer front height 150 mm, other colours* Ident. No. 715 615 


50053 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for drawer Ident. No. 718 618 


50053 Shelves, fixed, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 720 620 


50053 Shelves, fixed, other colours* Ident. No. 725 625 


50053 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, fixed Ident. No. 728 628 


50053 Shelves, extractable, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 730 630 


50053 Shelves, extractable, other colours* Ident. No. 735 635 


50053 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, extendable Ident. No. 738 638 


* For available colours at no extra cost see below, when placing an order please quote the complete Part No. and the RAL colour. 



RAL colours for HK hinged door cabinets 

Prod. Gr. 501 


The following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: 




h Other RAL colours available on request. 

2011/12 

1041




Heavy duty cabinets with solid sheet metal or glazed doors 


Application: a cabinet for really heavy loads – overall load carrying capacity 1.65 t. 

Especially suitable for storage of very heavy tools, such as forming and stamping dies. 

Execution: 

•extremely sturdy welded steel structure with brazed corners, with or without centre partition 

•double-walled reinforced doors, either made of solid sheet metal or glazed 

•smooth fronts due to flush overlay doors, opening angle more than 200°, continuous rod guiding 

•doors can be locked simultaneously with a triple-lock cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

•telescope-guided drawers with 100 % full extension, load capacity per drawer 110 kg. for evenly distributed 

load 

•galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 25 mm adjustable 

execution without dividing wall = load capacity per shelf 160 kg. for evenly distributed load 

execution with dividing wall = load capacity per shelf 80 kg. for evenly distributed load 

•cabinet base can carry a load of up to 400 kg 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, plastic-coated. 

On request available: 

•other door versions include perforated or slotted panel doors and side wall cladding 

•pull-out blocking of drawers and suitable accessories for fitting with compartment divisions 

•additional group or main keys 

•other colours 

Note: floor anchoring (Ident. No. 400) is recommended. 


Telescope-guided drawers 

with 100 % full extension 

Triple-lock safety 

cylinder lock with recessed turning handle 


Shelf carriers 

Different door designs 

available 



Version without central separating wall with central separating wall 

Model 41 42 43 44 51 52 53 54 

Height mm 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 1950 

Width mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Shelf galvanised, carrying capacity 160 kg/80 kg Number 4 3 3 2 6 6 6 6 

Drawer height 100 mm, carrying capacity 110 kg Number – – 1 1 – – – 4 

Drawer height 125 mm, carrying capacity 110 kg Number – – 2 2 – – 6 – 

Drawer height 175 mm, carrying capacity 110 kg Number – 2 – 2 – 4 – 4 

50047 with solid sheet doors Ident. No. 241 242 243 244 251 252 253 254 


50047 with inspection window door Ident. No. 341 342 343 344 351 352 353 354 


50047 Additional shelf, galvanised Ident. No. 360 – – – – 

Unit price E (O. R.) – – – – 

50047 Additional shelf, galvanised, left side Ident. No. – – – – 362 

Unit price E – – – – (O. R.) 

50047 Additional shelf, galvanised, right side Ident. No. – – – – 364 

Unit price E – – – – (O. R.) 

50047 Additional shelves, extractable, 

Ident. No. 366 368 

galvanised, carrying capacity 110 kg 


50047 Additional drawer height 100 mm, RAL 5010 Ident. No. 370 372 






50047 Floor anchoring set Ident. No. 400 




1042 2011/12


Sliding door cabinets 


Sliding door cabinets with solid sheet or glazed doors 


Execution: 

•sturdy, welded sheet steel structure with plinth, with either solid sheet or glazed doors with unbreakable 

acrylic glass, available in three different heights, widths and depths 

•galvanised shelves can be screwed in at 17 mm adjustable, load capacity per shelf 80 kg. for evenly distributed 

load 

•sliding doors with reinforcement pockets and recessed handle, guide rail with special rollers and crushing 

protection, buffered end stops 

•doors can be locked simultaneously with a high-security cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

•Width of cabinet 1000 mm: without dividing wall 

– at height 1000/1200 mm: incl. 2 shelves 

– at height 1950 mm: incl. 4 shelves 

•Width of cabinet 1500/2000 mm: with dividing wall 

– at height 1000/1200 mm: incl. 4 shelves 

– at height 1950 mm: incl. 8 shelves 

•Overall load capacity of the cabinet: 

– without dividing wall (Width 1000 mm): minimum 400kg 

– with dividing wall (Width 1500/2000 mm): minimum 600kg 

Advantage: 

•all elements with a given width can be freely combined with each other 

•space-saving sliding doors: ideally useful for confined and narrow spaces 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, doors RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder coated 

Available on request: DOM locking system (matching HK tool cabinets, HK tool shelves, HK work benches) 

and other paintings. 






with inspection window 

door 

additional shelf, 

galvanised 

Height Height in number Width Depth Shelves Carrying capacity 50046 50046 50046 

mm of file folders mm mm pcs version kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 

1000 400 2 without dividing wall 

104 (O. R.) 204 (O. R.) 304 (O. R.) 

1000 2 

1200 3 

1000 500 2 without dividing wall 105 (O. R.) 205 (O. R.) 305 (O. R.) 


1500 400 4 with partition 114 (O. R.) 214 (O. R.) 314 (O. R.) 

1500 500 4 with partition 80 

115 (O. R.) 215 (O. R.) 315 (O. R.) 








134 (O. R.) 234 (O. R.) 304 (O. R.) 





145 (O. R.) 245 (O. R.) 315 (O. R.) 






2011/12 


1043



(continued) 

mm of file folders mm mm pcs version kg Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E Ident. No. U. pr. E 


164 (O. R.) 264 (O. R.) 304 (O. R.) 

1950 5 






175 (O. R.) 275 (O. R.) 315 (O. R.) 





Sliding door cabinets with solid sheet doors 


Execution: 

•housing: welded steel sheet construction 

•sliding doors: folded and reinforced, ball-bearing-mounted 

•safety lock: for secure locking of the cabinets 

•rails: plugged in, so that rapid change-over is possible 

•grid system: shelves and drawers adjustable in 30:30 mm increments 

•drawers: ball bearing, full extension, carrying capacity 50 kg evenly distributed. width x depth 

400 x 395 mm or 900 x 395 mm 

•shelf fixed: height adjustable, load-bearing capacity 60 kg evenly distributed 

•shelf, removable: ball bearing, full extension, load-bearing capacity 50 kg evenly distributed 

Advantage: 

•all elements with a given width can be freely combined with each other 

•space-saving sliding doors: ideally useful for confined and narrow spaces 

Colour: corpus RAL 7035 light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 


with inspection window 

door 

additional shelf, 

galvanised 

Height Height in number Width Depth Shelves Carrying capacity 50046 50046 50046 

Prod. Gr. 504 










Version 


with 2 shelves each, 

fixed and dividing wall 


with 2 drawers each 

Front height 90 mm 

and 2 shelves each, 

fixed and partition 


with 1 drawer each 





50053 Standard version complete, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 506 516 520 


50053 Standard version, complete, other colours* Ident. No. 508 518 525 


50053 Housing, with sliding doors, without insert arrangement, RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 530 540 550 


50053 Housing, with sliding doors, without insert arrangement, other colours* Ident. No. 535 545 555 


50053 Drawer front height 90 mm, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 600 700 600 


50053 Drawer front height 90 mm, other colours* Ident. No. 605 705 605 


50053 Drawer front height 150 mm, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 610 710 610 


50053 Drawer front height 150 mm, other colours* Ident. No. 615 715 615 


1044 


2011/12



(continued) 



Version 


with 2 shelves each, 

fixed and dividing wall 


with 2 drawers each 





with 1 drawer each 





50053 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for drawer Ident. No. 618 718 618 


50053 Shelves, fixed, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 620 720 620 


50053 Shelves, fixed, other colours* Ident. No. 625 725 625 


50053 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, fixed Ident. No. 628 728 628 


50053 Shelves, extractable, RAL 7035 Ident. No. 630 730 630 


50053 Shelves, extractable, other colours* Ident. No. 635 735 635 


50053 Rubber ribbed mat, oil resistant for shelves, extendable Ident. No. 638 738 638 


* For available colours at no extra cost see below, when placing an order please quote the complete Part No. and the RAL colour. Prod. Gr. 501 


RAL colours for HK sliding door cabinets 

The following colours and other colour combinations are available at no extra cost: 




h Other RAL colours available on request 



Sliding-door cabinets 

made of sheet steel, with 2 full-width shelves 

Execution: 

•sturdy welded sheet steel frame, equipped with sliding doors 

•with 2 continuous drawers made of sheet steel with support rails, height adjustable in steps of 30 mm, 

carrying capacity per shelf 100 kg for evenly distributed load 

•doors can be locked simultaneously with a pressure cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Advantage: the cabinets can be used and combined as attachment cabinets for two HK tool cabinets from 

the system 550 S/700 S/800 S (width 722 mm). 

Accessories: additional shelves Art. No. 50051 720/820, plastic-coated cover panel 8 or 16 mm for top 

panel on request. 

Colour: corpus and shelves RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 


External dimensions Height x Width x Depth mm 1028 x 1444 x 400 1028 x 1444 x 620 

Useful height mm 930 930 

50051 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 700 800 




50051 Additional shelves with support rails, Ident. No. 720 820 

RAL 7035 


Ident. No. 700/800 

Sliding door cabinet with 2 full-width shelves 

Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1045




Sliding door cabinet housing with partition 


Execution: 

•Sturdy welded sheet steel frame, equipped with sliding doors and a divider, for individual fitting with 

shelves Art. No. 50051 400-415 and ball-bearing drawers Art. No. 50051 500-545. 

•Shelves and drawers are height-adjustable in steps of 30 mm each 

•Doors can be locked simultaneously with a turning pressure cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 



External dimensions Height x Width x Depth mm 1028 x 1444 x 620 

Useful height mm 930 

50051 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 900 


50051 Other colours Ident. No. 910 


Prod. Gr. 501 


Sliding door cabinet housing 

for fitting with 

drawers and shelves 

see below 



Sheet steel shelves 

height adjustable, for Sliding door cabinet housing No. 50051 900 and 910 

Execution: 

•with full extension 100 % or fixed design, height adjustable, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed 

load 



Version 

Extractable, full extension 

complete with rails 

fixed version, 

with support rails 

Light W x D mm 600 x 450 600 x 450 

50051 RAL 7035 Ident. No. 400 410 




Prod. Gr. 501 

Alternative version for 

cabinet housing Ident. No. 900-910 


Drawers 

for Sliding door cabinet housing No. 50051 900 and 910 

Load-bearing capacity with 100 % full extension = 100 kg evenly distributed. 



Front height mm 60 90 120 150 180 

Box height mm 40 70 100 130 130 

Light W x D mm 600 x 450 600 x 450 600 x 450 600 x 450 600 x 450 

50051 RAL 5010 Ident. No. 500 510 520 530 540 




No contents 

Prod. Gr. 501 

1046 2011/12






From this overview, you can see all of the available designs for our tool cabinet systems at a glance. Our system designations for the tool cabinets are constructed 

as follows: 

System S (narrow = 722 mm) 

System B (wide = 1022 mm) 

1568 mm 

1336 mm 

1036 mm 

800 mm 

800 mm 

800 

722 mm 

550 mm 

700 mm 

1022 mm 



System 550 S 550 B 700 S 700 B 800 S 800 B 

Depth mm 550 550 700 700 800 800 

Width mm 722 1022 722 1022 722 1022 

Height mm 800 / 1036 / 1336 / 1568 

Drawers - internal dimensions W x D mm 600 x 450 900 x 450 600 x 600 900 x 600 600 x 700 900 x 700 

Storage surface per drawer mm 0,27 0,41 0,36 0,54 0,42 0,63 

Drawer extension Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended Part / Fully extended 

Carrying capacity per drawer with uniformly kg 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 100 / 200 

distributed load 

Art. No. 50295 50298 50300 50302 50310 50315 

Catalogue from page 1048 from page 1050 from page 1052 from page 1055 from page 1057 from page 1060 

550 mm 

700 mm 


Housing: 

U robust, welded sheet steel frame, equipped with plasticcoated 

cover panel (8 mm) 

U protected from overturning with drawer lock 

Drawers: 

Drawers: 

U ideal guide properties through Delrin rollers and specially 

formed profile with positive guide on both sides and lateral 

guide rollers 

U individual partitioning possible through slotted walls and 

perforated bottoms of the drawers. 

U due to the drawer extension protection it is possible to 

open one drawer only 

U therefore the cabinet is tilt proof, since only one drawer 

can be drawn out 

U On request: Drawer damper with soft pulling, dampens 

drawers and provides for slow, silent closing 

Drawers: 

U aluminium handle strips with paper and cellone strips and 

lateral cover caps 

U carrying capacity of the drawers is displayed through the 

coloured identification of the cover caps 

U Drawers flush with cabinet housing, no protruding handle 

strips 



For the individual set up of the cabinets, individual insert DOM® lock system: 

materials are also available for your selection in addition to U central locking with safety turning cylinder lock, laterally 

our complete sets. 

arranged on the right side 

U thanks to the plug-in system, the cylinder can be conveniently 

replaced without dismantling the drawer 

U electronic central locking on request 




2011/12 

1047




Tool cabinets System 550 S 

Depth 550 mm, width 722 mm 

Cabinet dimensions: Height 1036 mm, width 722 mm, depth 550 mm. 

Drawers: Clear width x depth 600 x 450 mm, storage area = 0.27 m² 

All drawers with 100 % full extension, load-bearing capacity 100 kg evenly distributed load. 


Special painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 

FH 

KH 

FH KH FH KH 

1036 

722 

550 

Model S5 32/5 Model S5 32/6 Model S5 32/7 



FH 

KH 


FH KH FH KH 

740 

Model S5 32/11 Model SK5 32/2 

1 removable shelf behind doors 

Model SK5 32/5 

1 removable shelf behind doors 

Model S5 32/5 S5 32/6 S5 32/7 S5 32/8 S5 32/9 S5 32/10 S5 32/11 SK5 32/2 SK5 32/5 

Height mm 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 

Width mm 722 722 722 722 722 722 722 722 722 

Depth mm 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 

Weight kg 105 116 129 135 145 154 157 97 119 

50295 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 010 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 090 


50295 Other colours Ident. No. 012 022 032 042 052 062 072 082 092 


h Insert material for drawers see No. 50484 050-310 page 1049 and No. 50500-50525 page 1063. 


i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047. 

Prod. Gr. 501 


Cover panel 

for cabinet housing system 550 S 

Execution: plastic coated, with edge band. 

Width x depth x thickness mm 722 x 553 x 16 

50295 Ident. No. 500 


h All tool cabinets are equipped with an 8 mm cover plate (standard feature). 


Prod. Gr. 501 

1048 2011/12




Ribbed rubber support 


Execution: made of solid rubber, thickness 3 mm, with fine grooves, oil-resistance, lower side with fabric 

pattern, colour: black. 


50295 Ident. No. 550 


h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50484 310 page 1049. 


Prod. Gr. 501 


Fork lift-compatible base 


Execution: front and rear with removable screen 

Paint: RAL 7021, back grey. On request also available in the colour of the cabinet. 

Scope of delivery: with screens 

Width x depth x height mm 722 x 553 x 130 

50295 Ident. No. 600 


i Selection overview tool cabinets page 1047. Prod. Gr. 501 


Drawers insert material 

for tool cabinets system 550 S 

Insert sets for individual drawers to create individual cabinet configurations: 


1 Trough plates 2 + 3 Container 4 Spare boxes 5 Compartment divisions 6 Compartment divisions 

7 Compartment divisions 8 AQURADO set with 

textured mats and boxes 

(without tools) 

9 Anti-slip mat : Rubber ribbed mat 

set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 70 100 70 100 130 40 70 100 130 70 From 40 From 40 

50484 Ident. No. 050 110 120 125 130 150 160 180 190 195 200 210 220 225 300 305 310 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. 



Ident.-No.050-225 and 305-310 = Prod. Gr. 503 


2011/12 

1049




Supporting profiles as drawer inserts 

for HK tool cabinets, system 550 S 

Application: for storage of tools in drawers. 

Execution: 

•made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 614 x 133 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools 

•per drawer, max. 3 supporting profiles can be used 

Advantage: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool holding fixtures in one 

drawer. 



Application example with girder sections ST40/ST50 

Mount ST 40 ST 50 VDI 30/TR 28/MT 4 VDI 40/MT 5 HSK 50 HSK 63 Capto C5 Capto C6 Capto C8 

Number of holders Unit 13 6 17 13 16 9 6 6 5 

min. box height mm 100 130 100 130 70 70 70 70 70 

50654 Ident. No. 015 020 030 035 045 050 065 066 068 


h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 507 


Tool cabinet system 550 B 

depth 550 mm, width 1022 mm 

Cabinet dimensions: height 1036 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 550 mm. 

Drawers: clear width x depth 900 x 450 mm, storage area = 0.41 m² 

All drawers with full extension 100 %, carrying capacity 100kg with evenly distributed load. 


Special painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 


FH 

KH 

1036 

FH KH FH KH 

1022 

550 

Model B5 32/5 Model B5 32/7 Model B5 32/8 

FH KH FH KH 

FH 

KH 


Model B5 32/5 B5 32/7 B5 32/8 B5 32/10 B5 32/11 B5 32/13 

Height mm 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 

Width mm 1022 1022 1022 1022 1022 1022 

Depth mm 550 550 550 550 550 550 

Weight kg 133 156 166 186 196 209 





h Insert material for drawers see No. 50483 040-270 page 1051 and No. 50500-50525 from page 1063. 



Prod. Gr. 501 

1050 2011/12




Cover panel 

for cabinet housing system 550 B 



50298 Ident. No. 500 




Prod. Gr. 501 







50298 Ident. No. 550 




Prod. Gr. 501 









50298 Ident. No. 600 




for HK standard tool cabinets, system 550 B 



1 Trough plates 2 + 3 Container 4 Spare boxes 5AQURADO set with 



6 Compartment divisions 

7 Compartment divisions 8 Compartment divisions 9 Compartment divisions : Rubber ribbed mat ; Anti-slip mat 

set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 From 70 100 40 70 100 

50483 Ident. No. 040 100 110 115 120 125 150 160 170 180 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. – (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. 

Set price E – – – – – O. R. – – – – 

set No. 7 8 9 : ; 

For box height mm 130 70 100 130 40 70 100 From 40 From 40 

50483 Ident. No. 185 200 210 215 220 230 240 270 280 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 

Set price E – – – – – – – – – 



Ident. No. 040-120, 150-280 = Prod. Gr. 503 


2011/12 

1051





for HK tool cabinets, system 550 B 

Application: 

•for storage of tools in drawers 

Execution: 



Advantage: 

•flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures in one drawer 







50654 Ident. No. 115 120 130 135 145 150 165 166 168 




Prod. Gr. 507 



Tool cabinets system 700 S 

depth 700 mm, width 722 mm with 6 drawers 

Execution: 

•robust welded steel sheet structure 

•with 6 drawers approx. 80 % partial extension, carrying capacity 100 kg evenly distributed load 

•drawers - inner dimensions W x D = 600 x 600 mm 

•storage surface per drawer = 0.36 m² 

•drawer bottom perforated in a grid of 25 mm, all around lateral slot strips for compartment rails and partitions 

•drawers with ergonomic aluminium handle strips, paper, cellone strips and lateral cover caps, front height 

360 mm with 2 handle strips 

•drawers flush with cabinet housing, no protruding handle strips 

•thanks to the drawer extension protection it is possible to open one drawer only, therefore tilt proof 

•cabinet housing, standard equipment with plastic-coated cover panel 8 mm 

•central locking with safety turning cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, drawers RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Model S7 32/6 

Height mm 1036 

Width mm 722 

Depth mm 700 


Weight kg 120 

50300 Ident. No. 045 


FH 

KH 

700 

722 

1036 



Insert assortment 

for 4 drawers 

Execution: 

•suitable for tool cabinet system 700 S no. 50300 045 

•shelf rails and shelf partitions to fit 4 drawers, see applications 

From box height 70 mm From box height 100 mm From box height 100 mm From box height 100 mm 

Insert assortment for 

4 drawers 

50481 Ident. No. 045 



1052 2011/12




Tool cabinets System 700 S 

Depth 700 mm, width 722 mm 

Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 800, 1036 or 1336 mm, width 722 mm, depth 700 mm. 

Drawers clear width x depth, 600 x 600 mm, storage area 0.36 m². 

All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60 mm with carrying capacity 70kg, from front height 90 mm and 100 kg with evenly distributed 

load. 

Ident. No. 010-032 without cover 

Ident. No. 040-092 with cover plate 

Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 


FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

800 

700 

722 

H 

KH 

Model S7 24/5 Model S7 24/6 Model S7 24/8 Product video: 


FH KH FH KH 

10 

H 

KH 

722 

700 


FH KH 

FH KH 


133 

700 

722 


Model S7 24/5 S7 24/6 S7 24/8 S7 32/5 S7 32/7 S7 32/9 S7 42/8 S7 42/10 S7 42/13 

Height mm 800 800 800 1036 1036 1036 1336 1336 1336 

Width mm 722 722 722 722 722 722 722 722 722 

Depth mm 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 

Weight kg 100 110 135 110 130 155 150 175 210 

50300 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 010 020 035 040 050 065 075 080 100 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

50300 Other colours Ident. No. 012 022 038 042 052 068 078 082 102 





Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1053




Cover panel 




50300 Ident. No. 500 



Except for tool cabinets of System 700S, model S7 24/5-24/8. 


Prod. Gr. 501 







50300 Ident. No. 550 




Prod. Gr. 501 








50300 Ident. No. 600 






for HK standard tool cabinets, system 700 S 


1 Trough plates 2 Spare boxes 3 Compartment divisions 4 Compartment divisions 5 Compartment divisions 

6 Compartment divisions 7 Rubber ribbed mat 8 Anti-slip mat 9 AQURADO set with 



Set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 40 From 40 From 70 

50481 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 250 

Set price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – – O. R. 

Unit price E – – – – – – – – – – – O. R. O. R. – 





1054 2011/12







Execution: 



Advantages: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures in one drawer. 







50654 Ident. No. 015 020 030 035 045 050 065 066 068 




Prod. Gr. 507 




Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 1036 or 1336 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 700 mm. 

Clear width x depth 900 x 600 mm, storage area 0.54 m². 

All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60 mm with carrying capacity 70kg, from front height 90 mm and 100 kg with evenly distributed 

load. 



FH KH FH KH 

FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 


1336 

1036 

700 

700 

1022 

1022 

Model B7 32/5 Model B7 32/7 Model B7 32/9 Model B7 42/10 

Model B7 32/5 B7 32/7 B7 32/9 B7 42/10 

Height mm 1036 1036 1036 1336 

Width mm 1022 1022 1022 1022 

Depth mm 700 700 700 700 

Weight kg 150 180 210 230 

50302 RAL 7035 / RAL 5010 Ident. No. 010 020 035 040 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. (O. R.) 






Prod. Gr. 501 


Cover panel 


Execution: plastic coated, with edge band 


50302 Ident. No. 500 




Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1055









50302 Ident. No. 550 




Prod. Gr. 501 








50302 Ident. No. 600 








1 Trough plates 2 Spare boxes 3 Compartment divisions 4 Compartment divisions 5 Compartment divisions 

6 Compartment divisions 7 Rubber ribbed mat 8 Anti-slip mat 9 AQURADO set with 


(without tool) 

Set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 70 From 100 From 40 From 40 From 70 

50482 Ident. No. 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 250 

Set price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – – O. R. 

Unit price E – – – – – – – – – – – O. R. O. R. – 





1056 2011/12







Execution: 




drawer. 



Application example 

with girder sections 

ST40/ST50 




50654 Ident. No. 115 120 130 135 145 150 165 166 168 




Prod. Gr. 507 




Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model -1036 mm, 1336 mm or 1568 mm, width 722 mm, depth 800 mm, 


All drawers with full extension 100 %, front height 60, 90 mm, carrying capacity of drawers 100 kg, from front height 120 mm and 200 kg with 

evenly distributed load. 

Note: For individual drawer load with 200 kg for evenly distributed load, a suitable shelf or wall attachment is required. Otherwise, the drawers may be loaded 

with max. 150 kg for evenly distributed load, in order to ensure the stability of the cabinet. 



FH 

KH 

1036 

FH KH FH KH 


800 

722 


drawers with optional 

Soft-Close-Automatic. 



Model S8 32/5 S8 32/6 S8 32/7 S8 32/8 S8 32/9 S8 32/10 

Height mm 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 

Width mm 722 722 722 722 722 722 

Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 

Weight kg 140 156 170 185 202 219 


Unit price E (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 






Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1057






Cabinet dimensions: height depends on mode -1036, 1336 or 1568 mm, width 722 mm, depth 800 mm 




Note: For individual drawer load with 200 kg for evenly distributed load, a suitable shelf or wall attachment is required. Otherwise, the drawers may be loaded 

with max. 150 kg for evenly distributed load, in order to ensure the stability of the cabinet. 

Standard painting: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, fronts RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 


FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

1336 

1036 

800 

800 

722 

722 



FH KH 


FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 


1568 

800 

722 


Model S8 32/11 S8 32/13 S8 42/9 S8 42/10 S8 49/10 S8 49/11 

Height mm 1036 1036 1336 1336 1568 1568 

Width mm 722 722 722 722 722 722 

Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 

Weight kg 226 252 209 218 238 252 


Unit price E O. R. O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 






Prod. Gr. 501 


Cover panel 




50310 Ident. No. 500 




Prod. Gr. 501 

1058 2011/12









50310 Ident. No. 550 


h Rubber ribbed mats for drawers see No. 50480 280 page 1059 


Prod. Gr. 501 







Width x Depth x Height mm 722 x 803 x 130 

50310 Ident. No. 600 





for HK standard tool cabinets, system 800 S 



1 Trough plates 2 + 3 Container 4 Spare boxes 5 Compartment divisions 6 Compartment divisions 

7 Compartment divisions 8 Compartment divisions 9 Rubber ribbed mat : Anti-slip mat ; AQURADO set with 



Set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 40 70 100 130 70 100 40 70 100 70 From 40 From 40 From 70 

50480 Ident. No. 070 130 140 145 150 160 170 180 183 230 240 250 260 270 200 280 300 310 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 





2011/12 

1059







Execution: 



Advantages: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures in one drawer. 



Application example 

with girder sections 

ST40/ST50 




50654 Ident. No. 015 020 030 035 045 050 065 066 068 




Prod. Gr. 507 




Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 1036, 1336 or 1568 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 800 mm 

Drawers clear width x depth, 900 x 700 mm, storage area 0.63 m². 






FH 

KH 

1036 

FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

800 

1022 




Model B8 32/5 B8 32/6 B8 32/7 B8 32/8 B8 32/9 B8 32/10 

Height mm 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 1036 

Width mm 1022 1022 1022 1022 1022 1022 

Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 

Weight kg 175 191 212 228 244 268 



50315 other colours Ident. No. 012 022 032 042 052 062 





Prod. Gr. 501 

1060 2011/12




Cover panel 




50315 Ident. No. 500 




Prod. Gr. 501 







50315 Ident. No. 550 




Prod. Gr. 501 




Cabinet dimensions: height depends on model - 1036, 1336 and 1568 mm, width 1022 mm, depth 800 mm 






FH 

KH 

1036 

FH 

KH 


800 

1022 

Model B8 32/11 Model B8 32/13 Model B8 T 32 with doors and 2 heightadjustable 

shelves, load-bearing capacity 

200 kg per shelf 




FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

FH 

KH 

1568 

1336 

800 

800 

1022 

1022 


Model B8 32/11 B8 32/13 B8 T 32 B8 42/10 B8 49/10 B8 49/11 

Height mm 1036 1036 1036 1336 1568 1568 

Width mm 1022 1022 1022 1022 1022 1022 

Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 

Weight kg 281 311 90 285 291 309 


Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 






Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1061







Execution: 




drawer. 







50654 Ident. No. 115 120 130 135 145 150 165 166 168 




Prod. Gr. 507 









50315 Ident. No. 600 



1062 2011/12


Insert material for drawers 





1 Trough plates 2 Containers 3 Containers 4 Spare boxes 

5 Compartment divisions 6 Compartment divisions 7 Compartment divisions 8 Compartment divisions 

9 AQURADO set with 



: Rubber ribbed mat ; Anti-slip mat 

set No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 

For box height mm From 40 From 40 From 70 From 40 From 70 40 70 100 40 70 

50479 Ident. No. 070 130 140 145 150 160 170 180 190 200 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) 

set No. 6 7 8 9 : ; 

For box height mm 100 130 40 70 40 70 100 From 70 From 40 From 40 

50479 Ident. No. 210 213 220 230 250 260 270 310 320 330 

Unit price E O. R. (O. R.) (O. R.) O. R. (O. R.) O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. 


h AQURADO textured mat see No. 50540 388 page 1068. Additional AQURADO sets see No. 50540 145 page 1069. 


Ident.-No. 070-270 and 320-330 = Prod. Gr. 503 



Insert material 

for all HK cabinet models and tool shelving 


Holding pins 

made of polypropylene 

With pressed-in M3 screw, suitable as delimiter post for tools. 

Box qty.: No. 50505 = 10 pieces 

Thread 

M3 

Height mm 34 

Cross-section mm 7 x 8 

50500 Placement post Ident. No. 010 


Thread 

M3 

Size mm 8 

50505 Hex. nut with loosening protection Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 503 

2011/12 

1063




Holding pin 


With pressed-in M 3 screw, for attaching and fixing individual items. 


Thread 

M3 

Height x Width mm 36 x 16 

50502 Holding pin Ident. No. 010 


Thread 

M3 

Size mm 8 

50505 Hex. nuts with loosening protection Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 503 


Milling cutter holder 

made of shatterproof polystyrene 

With pressed-in M3 screw and nut. The milling bit holders can be extended by screwing them together. 


Height mm 26 

Milling cutter holder Ø mm 12 15 20 25 30 38 48 

For tools with drill Ø mm 13 16 22 27 32 40 50 

50503 Ident. No. 012 015 020 025 030 038 048 


Thread 

M3 

Size mm 8 

50505 Hex. nuts with loosening Ident. No. 010 

protection 


Prod. Gr. 503 



Threaded pins 

made of steel 

For attaching parts and for fixing tool markers. 


Thread 

M3 

Height mm 29 

50504 Threaded pin Ident. No. 010 


Thread 

M3 

Size mm 8 

50505 Hex. nuts with loosening protection Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 503 


Trough strips, trough dividers and trough insert walls 


No. 50506 Trough strips with side tie-piece for insertion into slotted strips and with ridges to subdivide 

with trough dividers and trough insert walls. 

No. 50507 010 Trough dividers for continuous division of all trough dividers. 

No. 50507 040-080 Trough insert walls folded labelling strip for subdividing individual troughs. 

Number of troughs at 225 mm length = size 4 6 8 

For parts up toØ max. mm 45 26 20 

Length x width x height mm 225 x 65 x 30 225 x 65 x 30 225 x 65 x 20 

50506 Trough strips Ident. No. 040 060 080 


50507 Trough divider Lx H 225x28 mm Ident. No. 010 


50507 Trough insert walls Ident. No. 040 060 080 


No. 50506 

h Ask for our detailed insert material brochure. Prod. Gr. 503 

No. 50507 010 

No. 50507 040-080 

1064 2011/12




Trough plates and insert walls 

Ident. No. 020-140 Trough plates made of ABS 

Ident. No. 200 Insert walls made of ABS 

Ident. No. 300 and 400 Insert walls made of polypropylene 

For storage of items sensitive on their outside, up to a max. Ø 70 mm. The troughs can be subdivided in 

increments of 14 mm with trough insert walls. Trough insert walls with label holder and paper strips for 

subdividing individual troughs. 

Height mm 29 

Rated width x Depth mm 150 x 150 150 x 150 150 x 150 150 x 100 150 x 100 150 x 100 

No. of troughs 2 3 4 2 3 4 

For parts up toØ mm 70 44 32 70 44 32 

50509 Trough panels Ident. No. 020 030 040 120 130 140 


50509 Trough insert walls Ident. No. 200 300 400 200 300 400 


Prod. Gr. 503 


Plug-in holders 

made of plastic 

For insertion in the perforations in the drawer base. Suitable as soft underlay for delicate items or as 

restraining wall for stored parts. 

Length mm 32 

50511 Plug-in holders Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 503 


Drawer rails 


With slotted strips on both sides, average separation of slots 25 : 3 = 8.33 mm. The compartment rails are 

screwed to the drawer floors. 

Scope of delivery: without compartment rail screws e and hexagonal nuts. 



Nominal length mm 225 300 450 600 700 900 225 300 450 600 700 900 

50513 Ident. No. 210 220 230 240 250 260 310 320 330 340 350 360 




50513 Ident. No. 410 420 430 440 450 460 500 510 520 530 540 550 


h Compartment rail screws see No. 50520 010 page 1066, hexagonal nuts see No. 50505 010 page 1064. Prod. Gr. 503 


Compartment dividers 

Ident. No. 210-230 double-walled, made of shatterproof plastic 

Ident. No. 300-530 made of aluminium 

for insertion into compartment rails 



50514 Ident. No. 210 220 230 300 305 310 311 320 330 331 332 340 


Height mm 70 100 130 


50514 Ident. No. 350 410 411 420 430 431 432 440 450 510 520 530 


Prod. Gr. 503 

2011/12 

1065




Label panels 

for compartment dividers 

50514 Label panels with paper and Cellone strips Ident. No. 820 


Prod. Gr. 503 


Spares boxes 

made of shatterproof polystyrene 

Use label holders for identification. 

For drawers of front height mm 60 90 

Nominal length/nominal mm 75/75 150/75 150/100 150/150 75/75 150/75 150/100 150/150 

width 

Height mm 36 36 36 36 61 61 61 61 

50516 Boxes Ident. No. 010 015 020 025 040 075 100 150 


50516 Label holder 

with paper 


strips 


Prod. Gr. 503 


Tool markers 


Ident. No. 010-030 aluminium, anodised, engraving on request 

Ident. No. 110 brass, black recessed numbers or company logo on request 

Minimum order qty.: 10 pieces each 

Version Aluminium anodised Brass Aluminium blank 

Colour blue red green – – 

Ø mm 28 28 28 28 28 

50518 Tool markers Ident. No. 010 020 030 110 115 


50518 Tool marker holders, brass Ident. No. 120 


50518 Tool marker holders, nickel plated Ident. No. 125 


h Padlocks see No. 50025 from page 926 Prod. Gr. 503 

Tool marker holders 


Compartment rail screws with dome head 

for compartment rails No. 50513. 

Box qty.: 10 pieces 

Size M 3x6 

50520 Compartment rail screws Ident. No. 010 


Thread 

M3 

Size mm 8 



Prod. Gr. 503 


Support angles 


For placement of tools of various diameters. 

The support angles are placed on pegs - No. 50522. 

Length x Width x Depth mm 38 x 40 x 15 

50521 Support angle Ident. No. 010 


Prod. Gr. 503 

1066 2011/12


Classification systems for drawers 


Pegs 


With M 3 screws pressed in. The support angles No. 50521 are pushed onto these pegs. 

Also suitable as delimiter posts for tools. 


50522 Thread M 3, L x W x H 6 x 6 x 16 mm Ident. No. 010 


Thread 

M3 

Size mm 8 



Prod. Gr. 503 


Containers and container panels 


No. 50524 Container panels with labelling strips, for dividing the containers. 

Height mm 61 

Length x width mm 150 x 100 250 x 100 450 x 100 

Clear width mm 90 90 90 

50523 Container Ident. No. 306 310 318 


Height mm 61 

50524 Container panels Ident. No. 310 


No. 50523 

No. 50524 

Prod. Gr. 503 


Ridged inserts 


For separate storage of tools sensitive on their outside. 

Only for insertion in the containers No. 50523. Usable on both sides for 3-way division (max. tool Ø 20 mm) 

and 5-way division (max. tool Ø 10 mm). 

Length x width x height mm 67 x 16 x 20 

50525 Ident. No. 010 



Prod. Gr. 503 


Modular organisation system 

This insert system is universally applicable, in tool cabinets, shelves, workbenches or for the storage and 

preparation of small parts. 

The organisation system in high-quality black ABS plastic comprises several modules, in 24 and 48 mm 

heights, which can be used side-by-side, one behind the other and one on top of the other as 

required. 

The textured mat ensure excellent holding of the modules and can be cut to any size. 

Advantages: clearly arranged, individual, flexible, situative, versatile, non-slip, robust, stackable, timesaving, 

portable 

Measure Cut plate ... and break over the 

edge... 

Glue plate ... 

Use any box 

. 

h On request: boxes in other colours: white, light grey, blue and red. Prod. Gr. 581 

2011/12 

1067




Black ABS plastic textured mats 

for AQURADO modular organisation system 

suitable for HK tool cabinets 

Simple assembly: measure, cut, break, glue, use 


Dimensions Breadth x Depth mm 528 x 624 576 x 432 888 x 432 576 x 576 888 x 576 696 x 576 888 x 672 

Suitable for tool cabinet System – 550 S 550 B 700 S 700 B 800 S 800 B 

50540 Textured mat Ident. No. 365 370 380 381 382 385 388 


h Other mat dimensions on request. Prod. Gr. 581 




suitable for HK and ANKE workbenches 

Dimensions Breadth x Depth mm 480 x 528 504 x 528 408 x 576 480 x 576 744 x 576 

Suitable for workbench Art. No. 50201/50202/50203 50200 50211/50212 50199 50206 

50540 Ident. No. 660 670 680 685 695 


Prod. Gr. 581 





suited for a tool trolleys 

Dimensions Breadth x Depth mm 456 x 312 504 x 336 

Suited for a tool trolleys Art. No. 50278 510 50278 560-572 

50540 Ident. No. 610 620 


Prod. Gr. 581 



Universal boxes 24 mm height 

Designation – – – – 3 troughs 

Model 0100 0101 0112 0104 0102 

Outside dimensions mm 48 x 96 x 24 96 x 96 x 24 96 x 144 x 24 96 x 192 x 24 96 x 192 x 24 

Internal dimensions mm 

(each trough 

37 x 85 x 18 85 x 85 x 18 85 x 133 x 18 85 x 181 x 18 

24x181x18) 

50540 Ident. No. 150 160 170 180 190 


Designation 

Allen key box 

8 troughs – 2 troughs 

1.5/2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 

Calliper gauge box 

Model 0113 0110 0103 2112 2113 


Internal dimensions mm (each trough 

(each trough 

85x277x18 

132x22x18) 

40x277x18) 

– – 

50540 Ident. No. 200 210 220 250 260 


Prod. Gr. 581 

1068 2011/12





Universal boxes 24 mm height, halved 

Designation 1 trough 1 trough 3 troughs 2 troughs 8 troughs 8 troughs 

Model 1118 1119 1116 1117 1114 1115 

Outside dimensions mm 73 x 48 x 24 96 x 96 x 24 96 x 96 x 24 96 x 96 x 24 48 x 192 x 24 73 x 192 x 24 

Trough width mm 37 85 24 each 40 each 22 each 22 each 

50540 Ident. No. 155 165 195 225 226 227 


Prod. Gr. 581 



Basic tool set, 69 pieces 

In high-quality ABS plastic, colour black. 

Unit Model External dimension Unit Model External dimension 

mm 

6 Modules 0100 48x96x24 2 Modules 0106 96x192x48 




2 Modules 0104 96x192x24 1 Module 0117 144x192x48 


4 Modules 1118 48x73x24 

1 Module 0110 96x288x24 2 Modules 1119 96x96x24 



2 Covers each, Ident. No. 440, 445, 450, 455 2 Adhesive pads (for 4 items) 

2 888 x 696 mm textured mats 5 Vertical identification labels 

1 Cutting and joining aid 5 Horizontal identification labels 

1 Universal knife 

50540 Basic configuration set 


with 2 textured mats 



Prod. Gr. 581 



Universal boxes 48 mm height 

Model 0105 0111 0106 0107 0108 


Internal dimensions mm 85 x 85 x 42 85 x 133 x 42 85 x 181 x 42 85 x 229 x 42 85 x 277 x 42 

50540 Ident. No. 270 280 290 300 310 


Model 0109 0116 0117 0114 0115 

Outside dimensions mm 96x336x48 144x144x48 144x192x48 144x384x48 240x336x48 

Internal dimensions mm 85x325x42 133x133x42 133x181x42 133x373x42 229x325x42 

50540 Ident. No. 320 323 325 330 335 


Prod. Gr. 581 

2011/12 

1069





Special boxes 48 mm height 

Designation 

Twist drill box 

1.0-6.0 mm 

in steps of 0.1 mm 

increasing 

Twist drill box 

6.1-10.0 mm 

in steps of 0.1 mm 

increasing 

MULTI MEDIA box 

for 11 CD's or 44 diskettes 

Tool box 

for double ended ring 

spanner, 

bent and straight, 

8-part 

Socket wrench box 

1 

/2" * 

Collet chucks 444E 

12 slots 

Model 2115 2116 2117 2111 2123 2121 


50540 Ident. No. 230 240 340 350 355 358 


Designation Collet chucks ER 40 

13 slots 

TOOL box for 

open-ended spanners, 

open-ended/ring 

spanners straight, 12- 

part 

Collet chucks box 

ER 16/10 slots 





Screwdriver box 

for 6 units 

Model 2122 2110 2118 2119 2120 2114 


50540 Ident. No. 359 360 361 362 363 364 



* For holding socket wrench size 10-32, for 22-part set. Prod. Gr. 581 


Accessories 


Designation 

Adhesive pads Adhesive pads 

Cutting and joining aid Universal knifes 

(double-side) 

(double-side) 

Identification label Identification label 

Model 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 

Sizes mm 26x93x5 mm, red Lg. 135 mm, red = 1 set = 6 pieces = 1 m = 34 pieces 48x15 mm, vertical 48x15 mm, horizontal 

50540 Ident. No. 390 400 410 420 430 435 


Set price E – – – – – – 

Designation 

Covers, 

transparent 

Covers, 

transparent 

Covers, 

transparent 

Covers, 

transparent 

Eccentric holding pins in 

set 

Model 4401 4400 4402 4403 4107 

Sizes mm 48x96x15 mm 96x96x15 mm 96x144x15 mm 96x192x15 mm each 10 holder posts, 

20 screws, black 

50540 Ident. No. 440 445 450 455 456 

Unit price E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – 

Set price E – – – – O. R. 

Prod. Gr. 581 

1070 2011/12


Grinding wheel cabinets and storage systems 



Maxi expansion set, 19 pieces 



mm 

1 Module 0100 48x96x24 2 Module 0106 96x192x48 







2 Module 1117 144x192x48 

50540 Maxi expansion set 


without knobbed mats 


Prod. Gr. 581 

only boxes 

without textured mat 


AQURADO universal organisation system 

Mini expansion set, 8 pieces 



mm 





50540 Mini expansion set 


without knobbed mats 


Prod. Gr. 581 

only boxes 

without textured mat 



Cabinets and frames for storage of grinding wheels 

Grinding wheels are sensitive and usually heavy tools, whose readiness and storage often creates difficulties. The HK workshop equipment programme offers 

suitable storage and simplifies their utilisation. 


Grinding wheel cabinet 

Execution: for placing grinding wheels (fork version). With one or two upright supports which, in a single 

cabinet, accept 7 or 9 swing arms according to the grid spacing. The grinding wheels are laid on the 

swinging support arms. Lockable hinged doors. 

Paint: RAL 6011, Reseda green 

Version Single cabinets Double cabinets 

For grinding wheel Ø mm 400 500 600 400 500 600 

For grinding wheel thickness mm 125 125 160 125 125 160 

Width mm 590 700 800 1170 1390 1600 

Depth mm 450 550 650 450 550 650 

Height mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 

Grid spacing mm 159 159 202 159 159 202 

Number of swinging arms 9 9 7 18 18 14 

Thickness of swing arm mm 30 30 40 30 30 40 

Weight kg 100 107 114 200 194 228 

50634 Ident. No. 005 007 008 009 011 013 


h Further information, advice and quotations available on request. 


Prod. Gr. 504 

2011/12 

1071


Grinding wheel cabinets and storage systems 


TUREX grinding wheel store 

for a safe and rational storage of your grinding wheels 

Do you have problems with the storage of your grinding wheels? We can offer the solution! 

There are 5 different construction types and construction sizes covering the grinding wheel range from Ø 

300 mm to Ø 1100 mm and grinding wheel weights up to 350 kg. According to the requirements in open 

design or in cabinet with hinged doors, with swivelling arms or for tilting. 

Damages during storage and transport are therefore problems of the past. 

The wheels are carried on support arms which swing out of the frame through an angle of about 135° and 

can be tilted through 90°. Needle bearings have the effect of making them very free-moving. Each arm has 

a standard mounting spigot made of aluminium. Mounting spigots matched to the corresponding flange 

holes available at extra cost. Tilting the grinding wheel up or down can be done without great effort since 

the tilt axis lies exactly on the centre of gravity of each wheel. In order to screw the mounting onto the lifting 

gear, the grinding wheel can be turned about its own axis without difficulty. A lever on each arm secures 

the grinding wheel when tilted down or up. The number of arms is dependent on the wheel thickness. The 

basic version of the grinding wheel store has 6 arms with mounting spigots. Other configurations available 

on request. Floor fixing required. 

For calculating the dimensions of the grinding wheel store according to your requirements the 

dimensions of the grinding wheels are needed as shown in the drawing below. 

Open type, 

with fold-down pivoting arm 


Composition of grinding wheels to be stored in grinding wheel store 

Number 

Grinding wheels Support flange Cover max. 

of grinding Flange Dimensions, 

Dimensions mm 

Ømm Weight 

wheels 

mm 

in kg 

with without D b B d1 d 2 l Spigot 1:? H t L 

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

h Further information, advice and quotations available on request. 


Model in hinged door cabinet 

with swing-out prevention 

1072 2011/12


Tool holders 


Tool holder system 

A variety of tool designs are required in manufacture. Transport, storage and availability is of great importance in being able to use these tools practically, economically 

and carefully. The WTS tool holder system is of great assistance here. –It is based on simple basic elements– its composition can be varied to suit the 

task and as a result it is a simple manoeuvre to transport the tool from storing place via the adjustment location to the machine. 


Tool holders 

Execution: 

The WTS basic elements are made from polypropylene copolymer. This plastic is impact- and scratchresistant 

under the usual operating conditions, not heat-sensitive, resistant to mineral oil and a variety of 

chemicals. 

With the same external dimensions (L x W x H = 220 x 135 x 135 mm) these tool holders have either 2, 

3 or 5 holder sleeves. The tool holders fit with their long sides in the support profiles. Grips on the end faces 

simplify handling of the very light but extremely robust tool holders. 

The colour of the tool holders is brown. The holder sleeves vary in colour according to their different types. 

Tool carrier for tools with No. of holders 50655 

Ident. No. U. pr. E 

Hollow shank taper 40 

HSK 40 5 122 O. R. 

Hollow shank taper 50 DIN 69893 HSK 50 3 124 O. R. 

Hollow shank taper 63 HSK 63 2 126 O. R. 

Steep taper 30 

ST 30 5 020 O. R. 

Steep taper 40 ST 40 3 030 O. R. 

Steep taper 45 

DIN 69871 

ST 45 2 040 O. R. 

Steep taper 50 ST 50 2 050 O. R. 

Adjustable sleeve TR 20 DIN 6327 TR 20 

5 060 O. R. 

DIN 228 MT 3 

Adjustable sleeve TR 36 DIN 6327 TR 36 3 080 O. R. 

Cylinder shank Ø 40 

Adjustable sleeve TR 40 

Morse taper 5 

Cylinder shank Ø 50 

Adjustable sleeve TR 48 

DIN 69880 

DIN 6327 

DIN 228 

DIN 69880 

DIN 6327 

VDI 40 

TR 40 

MT 5 

VDI 50 

TR 48 

3 090 O. R. 

2 100 O. R. 

Cylinder shank Ø 20 DIN 69880 VDI 20 3 102 O. R. 

Cylinder shank Ø 30 DIN 69880 

DIN 6327 

DIN 228 

VDI 30 

TR 28 

MT 4 

3 070 O. R. 

Cylinder shank Ø 60 DIN 69880 VDI 60 2 110 O. R. 

Fig.: two tool carriers 

without tools/content 

Profile rails for wall fastening on request 


h HSK 80 and 100 on request. 


Prod. Gr. 507 


Table-top stands 

Application: for holding 2 or 3 tool carriers Art. No. 50655 020-126 

Version: sturdy design made of square-section steel pipe. 


WTS Table-top stands 50656 

Ident. No. 

U. pr. E 

Design for 2 tool holders, L x W x H 440x205x200 mm 252 O. R. 

Design for 3 tool holders, L x W x H 660x205x200 mm 253 O. R. 

Prices without tool holders Prod. Gr. 507 

without tool holders/tools 

2011/12 

1073


Module frames 


Plastic inserts 

Individual, made of high quality plastic for self-assembly of tool supports. 

For shank type ST 30 ST 40 ST 45 ST 50 Tr 20 / MT 3 Tr 28/VDI 30 / Tr 36 

MT 4 

Colour white blue green red Brown Brown Brown 

50657 Ident. No. 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 


For shank type VDI 40/MT 5 Tr 48 / VDI 50 VDI 20 VDI 60 HSK 40 HSK 50 HSK 63 

Colour Brown Brown Brown Brown Black Black Black 

50657 Ident. No. 470 480 485 520 525 530 535 


Prod. Gr. 507 



Holders for CNC tools 

with SK or HSK adapter 

Application: 

for the protective and space saving preservation and storage of your tools at the work place. 

The CNC tool carriers Ident. No. 010 and 025 in connection with the table carriage No. 50268 210 page 

1017 can even be used as mobile tool magazine. See application figure on the right side. 

Execution: 

•made of particle EPP foam (expanded polypropylene) 

•oil, acid and coolant resistant, impact resistant and break-proof 

Advantages: 

•low tare weight - easy to clean 

•supports can be easily cut with a band saw and individually adapted 

•the supports can be easily and safely connected with each other with a hot glue gun 



Tool holding fixture SK 40 SK 50 HSK 63 

Number of holders Unit 6 12 6 10 15 

Dimensions L x W x H mm 595 x 90 x 100 360 x 250 x 200 390 x 260 x 145 360 x 180 x 60 360 x 245 x 150 

Weight kg 0,226 0,473 0,537 0,178 0,356 

50653 Ident. No. 005 010 015 020 025 


Example of application: with table carriage 

No. 50268 210 page 1017: each loading surface 

can be fitted with up to 4 each CNC-tool holders 

Ident. No. 010 and/or 025 

Prod. Gr. 586 

1074 2011/12


Module frames 


Lateral parts for module frames 

Application: for open storage of tools on workstations 

Execution: 

•made of steel sheet, consisting of 2 lateral parts in 3 different heights 

•for fitting with WTS support profiles No. 50654 315-358, see below 

•for each WTS carrier profile one pair of lateral parts is required 

•individual modules in different heights can be screwed with each other 


Scope of delivery: with required fastening material 

Height mm 150 200 250 

Depth mm 160 160 160 

50654 Ident. No. 215 220 225 

Price/pair E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

Lateral parts in 3 different heights 

price without support profiles Prod. Gr. 507 

Module frames screwed, 

with different girder sections 



Support profiles 

for module frames 

Application: for the fitting of module racks no. 50654 215-225 

Execution: 


•for each WTS carrier profile one pair of lateral parts is required 


Scope of delivery: with required fastening material 




50654 Ident. No. 315 320 330 335 345 350 355 356 358 


h Other accommodatings ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto 3, Capto 4 available on request. Prod. Gr. 507 

2011/12 

1075


Transport and supply trolleys 



one-sided storage 

Execution: 4 support profiles, welded at distance of 125 mm, hold the tool carriers. Grid wall for additional 

support of extra long tools on the back side. 2 each of large rubber-tyred fixed and steering wheels. High 

degree of stability with double stop on the steering wheels. 

Paint: handles RAL 5010 gentian blue, chassis construction and grid wall, RAL 7035, light grey, other colours 

on request 

WTS accessories for attachment on reverse of the grid wall of WTS trolleys: 

Ident. No. 050 Hook-on pocket made of welded steel sheet, to hold drawings and other documents. Epoxy 

resin-coated. 

Paint: RAL 5010, gentian blue. 

External dimensions Width x Depth x Height 300 x 240 x 60 mm. 

Ident. No. 060 Shelf with slotted strips and perforated floor. 

Tray height x width x depth 70 x 450 x 190 mm. 


Ident. No. 070 Compartments for deposit shelves, made of aluminium, Height x Length 70 x 190 mm 

Ident. No. 080 Hook-on profile made of sheet steel for holding 2 WTS tool carriers. 

Outer dimensions Height x Width 130 x 450 mm. 


4 


without tool carrier / contents 

3 

1 

2 

1 



without tool carrier / contents 


1 Hook-on pocket 2 shelf 

3 divider 4 hook-on profile 

Dimensions W x D x H mm 480 x 700 x 1140 920 x 700 x 1200 

Wheel Ø mm 125 200 

Trolley carrying capacity kg 300 600 

Support profiles Number 4 4 

For tool holders altogether Number 8 16 


50656 Transport and supply trolleys, Ident. No. 010 020 

one-side storage 


2 


1 Hook-on pocket 2 shelf 

3 divider 4 hook-on profile 

4 

3 

50656 Hook-on pocket Ident. No. 050 


50656 Compartments Ident. No. 060 


50656 Compartments Ident. No. 070 


50656 Hook-on profile Ident. No. 080 


Unit price = price of empty trolley, without the accessories shown in the photographs. Prod. Gr. 507 

1076 2011/12




Transport and supply trolley 

double-sided paint coating 

Execution: 8 support profiles, welded at a distance of 125 mm from one another, hold the tool carriers. 2 

each of large rubber-tyred fixed and steering wheels. High degree of stability with double stop on the 

steering wheels. 

Paint: handles RAL 5010 gentian blue, Chassis, construction and grid wall, RAL 7035, light grey, other colours 

on request. 

Dimensions W x D x H mm 480 x 700 x 1140 

Wheel Ø mm 125 

Trolley carrying capacity kg 300 

Support profiles Number 8 

for tool holders altogether Number 16 

Weight kg 45 

50656 Transport and supply trolley, two-sided storage Ident. No. 110 


Unit price = price of empty trolley, without the accessories shown in the photographs. Prod. Gr. 507 



Module transport and provision carriage 

for individual fitting 

Application: for safe transport and provision of tools 

Execution: 

•robust steel sheet metal structure, single sided or double sided type 

•grid in the side walls to accommodate WTS carrier profiles in a distance of 48 mm, incline of the WTS carrier sections 23.5° 

•on top with a stacker pan for tools and small parts 

•bow-type pushing handles made of stainless steel, over the complete depth of the carriage, for an easy movement and to reduce the risk of injury 

•single-sided type with perforated sheet metal rear wall 10 x10 mm, from hole centre to hole centre 38 mm, to accommodate hooks and tool holders 

•wheeled with 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, with brake, roller Ø 125 mm, made of solid rubber 

Colour: frame and panel RAL 7035, light grey, pushing handles and rear wall for single-sided design RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Accessories for individual fitting see No. 50654 page 1078 consisting of: 

Ident. No. 815-858 WTS carrier section fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools 



Perforated sheet metal rear wall for single-sided type 

to take up hooks and tool holders 

Single-sided type with perforated sheet metal rear wall 

The illustration shows a fitting with 

WTS carrier profiles ST 40, ST 50 and HSK 63 

Double-sided type 

Fig. shows a fitting with 

WTS carrier profiles ST 40, ST 50 and HSK 63 

Version one-sided double-sided 

H x W x D mm 1225 x 582 x 610 1225 x 582 x 920 

Overall load capacity mm 400 400 

50654 Ident. No. 800 805 


Unit price = price of empty trolley, without the accessories shown in the photographs. 

h Hook for rear wall see No. 50638 300-650 page 939. 

Prod. Gr. 507 

2011/12 

1077


Storage and supply frames 


Support profiles 

for module transport and provision carriage 

Application: for the individual fitting of module racks and provision carriages No. 50654 800-805 

Execution: made of steel sheet metal, width x depth 506 x 160 mm, fitted with plastic inserts to take up 

tools, carrying capacity per supporting section 50 kg 


Scope of delivery: per support section one support angle pair 




50654 Ident. No. 815 820 830 835 845 850 855 856 858 


h Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. Prod. Gr. 507 



Module storage and supply rack 

for individual fitting 

Application: 

•for a safe and clear storage and provision of tools 

•for fitting with WTS carrier profiles No. 50658 115-158 and WTS tool carrier No. 50655 020-126 

Execution: 

•robust steel sheet metal structure, made of steel sections, welded 


•the stand can be screwed back to back or next to each other in a row. 

•screwed connection on floor or wall is required 

Advantage: 

•flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles No. 50658 115-158 with different tool fixtures 

•with hook-on profile Ident. No 165 it is also possible to use WTS tool carriers No. 50655 020-126 in the 

frame 


Accessories for individual fitting see No. 50658 page 1080 consisting of: 

Ident. No. 115-158 WTS carrier profile fitted with plastic inserts to take up tools, per carrier profile one 

support angle pair is required. Please consider this in your order. 

Ident. No. 160 Supporting angle pair made of steel sheet metal, to accommodate the WTS carrier profiles 

No. 50658 115-158, per carrier profile one support angle pair is required. Please consider 

this in your order. 

Ident. No. 165 Hook-on profile made of steel sheet, to accommodate WTS tool carriers No. 50655 020- 

126, max. 7 hook-on profiles can be inserted into the frame, each hook-on profile can 

accommodate 4 tool carriers No. 50655 020-126 so that the storage capacity of the 

frame is 28 tool carriers. 


50658 Frame, empty Ident. No. 050 


Unit price of ident. No. 050 = price of empty frame, without the accessories shown in the figures. Prod. Gr. 507 

Combination with WTS carrier profiles 

No. 50658 115-158, in connection 

with support angle Ident. No. 160 and 

WTS tool carrier 

No. 50655 020-126 

in connection with hook-on profile 




Execution: casing in robust steel sheet with 2 hinged doors, cylinder lock with 2 keys. In the cabinet a 

storage and supply structure is built in with 7 support profiles for one-sided storage. 4 tool holders can be 

placed on each support profile. Storage capacity: 28 tool holders, total carrying capacity: 700 kg. 

Paint: corpus RAL 7035, light grey, front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated. 

Scope of delivery: integrated fork-lift compatible base with removable screen for in-house transport. 


Support profiles (for 4 tool holders each) Number 7 

for tool holders altogether Number 28 

Weight kg 130 

50656 RAL 7035 / 5010 Ident. No. 300 


50656 other colours Ident. No. 305 


Price without tool holders. Prod. Gr. 507 


1078 2011/12


Hinged door and roller shutter cabinets 


The UNIVERSAL cabinet– with an infinitely large number of options 

Our modular cabinet housing with hinged doors or roller shutter No. 50658 005-010 offers you versatile combination options thanks to extensive accessories. 

The integrated fixture section in the cabinet allows the height adjustability of accessories in the grid of 30 mm 

The following pages show you the individual modules for an individual and flexible cabinet equipment. 

1 No. 50658 115-165 WTS carrier profiles for the storage of different tool fixtures 

2 No. 50658 300-320 Inclined shelves for easy-view storage bins 

1 3 No. 50298 395 Pull-out shelf made in beech Multiplex 

4 No. 50298 300-350 Full extension drawer, load capacity 100 kg 

2 

5 No. 50298 390 Shelves, height-adjustable, load capacity 100 kg 

6 No. 50298 380 Full extension shelves, height-adjustable, load capacity 100 kg 

Other accessory elements for the cabinets: 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Drawer to take grinding disks 

up to Ø 400 mm (price on request) 

Holding of cable reels 

up to Ø 400 mm (price on request) 


Module cabinet housing with folding doors or roller shutters 

The universal cabinet – with an infinitely large number of equipment possibilities 

Execution: 

•robust steel sheet construction with hinged doors or integrated plastic roller shutter (light grey) 

•integrated fixture profile allows the height adjustability of accessories in the grid of 30 mm 

•stack base with removable base sheet for company-internal transport 


•can be locked by bowl handle and safety cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys 

Advantage: 

•by fixture profile, in any way and individual with accessories, as WTS carrier profiles, drawers, shelves 

and perforated sheet metal, expandable 

Colour: 

Ident. No. 005 008 corpus RAL 7035, light grey, front RAL 5010, gentian blue, powder-coated 

Ident. No. 010 RAL 7035, light grey, powder-coated 

Note: when fitted with drawers, the cabinet must be secured against tilting (wall or floor anchoring). 

Version with 

Hinged doors Hinged doors Roller Shutter 

(solid sheet metal) (viewing window) 

Dimensions H x W x D mm 1950 x 1018 x 620 1950 x 1018 x 620 1950 x 1018 x 620 



50658 Ident. No. 005 008 010 





Prod. Gr. 507 


Support rail pair 

for module cabinet housing 

Application: 

•to accommodate WTS support profiles and shelves in the module cabinet housing 

•installation of the carrying rails with an inclination of 15° for a clear storage 

Execution: 

•made of steel sheet metal, to hand into the module cabinet housing 

•rails height-adjustable in steps of 30 mm each 

•per rail pair, up to 3 WTS support profiles can be taken up. 

•load capacity per rail pair 150 kg 


Length mm 515 

Load capacity per rail pair kg 150 

50658 Ident. No. 100 

Price/pair E (O. R.) 

Prod. Gr. 507 

2011/12 

1079




Support profiles/hang-in profiles/support angle-pair 

for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing and module storage and supply frame 

Application: for a safe and clear storage of tools in module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housings 

No. 50658 005-010 and frame. No. 50658 050. 

Execution: 


•carrying capacity per supporting section 50 kg 

•max. 3 supporting profiles per rail pair (No. 50658 100) can be used in cabinet No. 50658 010 

Advantage: flexible storage is possible by use of carrier profiles with different tool fixtures. 


Ident. No. 115-158 WTS support profile fitted with plastic inserts to accommodate tools in module 

hinged doors or roller shutter housing No. 50658 005-010, in connection with carrier rail 

pair No. 50658 100 or in the module storage frame No. 50658 050 in connection with 

support angle pair No. 50658 160 

Ident No. 160 Support angle pair in steel sheet metal, to accommodate WTS tool carriers 

No. 50658 115-158 in module storage frame No. 50658 050. per WTS carrier profile 

No. 50658 110-150 one support angle pair is required. Please consider this in your order. 

Ident. No. 165 Hook-on profile made of steel sheet, to accommodate WTS tool carriers No. 50655 020- 

126 in the module storage frame No. 50658 050 max. 7 hook-on profiles can be inserted 

into the frame, each hook-on profile can accommodate 4 tool carriers No. 50655 020-126 

so that the storage capacity of the frame is 28 tool carriers. 

Mount ST 40 ST 50 VDI 30 / 

TR 28 / 

MT 4 

VDI 40/ 

MT 5 

HSK 50 HSK 63 Capto C5 Capto C6 Capto C8 


50658 Ident. No. 115 120 130 135 145 150 155 156 158 


Storage level in the cabinet with 

3 carrier profiles and different mounting devices 

Module storage frame fitted with carrier profiles 

in connection with supporting angle 

50658 Support Ident. No. 160 

angles 

Price/pair E (O. R.) 

50658 Hook-on 

profile 





h For the cabinet housing No. 50658 005-010 per storage level one rail pair No. 50658 100 has to be 

ordered. 

For the module storage frame No. 50658 050, one pair of support angles No. 50658 160 has to be 

ordered per storage level. 

Other holders ST 30, VDI 20, HSK 40, Capto C3, Capto C4 available on request. 

Prod. Gr. 507 


Compartments for easy-view storage bins 

for module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing 

Application: suited for fixture of easy-view storage bins in module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet 

housing. 

Execution: 

•made of steel sheet metal, in 3 different sizes 

•carrying capacity per shelf 50 kg 

Scope of delivery: without carrier rail pairs, without easy-view storage bins 


Accessory: suitable easy-view storage bins see No. 50057 010-420 page 929. 

Dimensions W x D mm 942 x 145 942 x 205 942 x 305 

Boxes size 2 Unit – – 4 

Boxes size 3 Unit – 6 – 

Boxes size 4 Unit 8 – – 

Carrying capacity per shelf kg 50 50 50 

50658 Ident. No. 300 310 320 



without boxes 

h For each storage level one carrier rail pair No. 50658 100 has to be ordered. Prod. Gr. 507 

Storage level with 2 shelves 

and easy-view boxes 

1080 2011/12




Perforated wall 


Application: 

•suited for suspending in module hinged doors or roller shutter cabinet housing 

•rectangular hole grid for holding tool hooks and accessories 

Execution: 

•made of steel sheet metal, height x width 480 x 945 mm, 10 x 10 mm perforated in squares 


Accessory: Hook for rectangular hole, to take up tools, 

see No. 50638 300-650 page 939. 

Dimensions H x W mm 480 x 945 

50658 Ident. No. 350 


Prod. Gr. 507 



Drawers with rails 


Execution: 

•made of steel sheet metal with a reinforced, perforated bottom (25 mm hole grid) 

•clear width x depth 900 x 450 mm, storage area = 0.41 m² 

•full extension 100 %, load-bearing capacity 100 kg with evenly distributed load 

•drawers running on Delrin rollers in rails which are suspended into the housing with plug-in locks 

•inner drawer sides slotted all around, for attaching and fixing individual items 

•drawer equipped with handle strip, paper and cellone strips and lateral cover caps 

Accessories: 

•wide range of insert material and recommended insert sets for the drawer inner fittings see 

No. 50483 040-270 page 1051. 

•WTS support profiles for drawer insert see No. 50654 110-158 page 1052. 

Front height mm 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 

Box height mm 40 70 100 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 

Bearing height mm 40 70 100 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 

50298 Ident. No. 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 

Unit price E (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) (O. R.) 

h When ordering please quote the complete Part. No. and the RAL colour. Prod. Gr. 501 



Shelves 


Execution: 

Ident. No. 380 made of steel sheet metal, full extension 100 %, with rails, equipped with aluminium grip 

strip, paper, cellone strips and lateral cover caps, carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed 

load 

Ident. No. 390 made of steel sheet, sturdy design, height-adjustable, with support rails, 

carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load. 

Ident. No. 395 pull-out type, made of beech Multiplex, 20 mm thick, lacquered, with rails, 

carrying capacity 100 kg for evenly distributed load. 

Application example with 

ident. No. 395 


Version full extension 100 % fixed, height adjustable pull-out type 

Clear width x depth mm 900 x 450 935 x 450 900 x 450 

Storage surface m² 0,41 0,42 0,41 


50298 Ident. No. 380 390 395 


h For Ident. No. 380-390: When ordering please quote the desired RAL colour. Prod. Gr. 501 

2011/12 

1081

Workshop cabinets and benches - EN / Hahn+Kolb

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?